WO2022065049A1 - Transfer film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing circuit wiring line - Google Patents

Transfer film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing circuit wiring line Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022065049A1
WO2022065049A1 PCT/JP2021/033130 JP2021033130W WO2022065049A1 WO 2022065049 A1 WO2022065049 A1 WO 2022065049A1 JP 2021033130 W JP2021033130 W JP 2021033130W WO 2022065049 A1 WO2022065049 A1 WO 2022065049A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
preferable
mass
photosensitive composition
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/033130
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
陽平 有年
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202180063024.XA priority Critical patent/CN116157264A/en
Priority to JP2022551863A priority patent/JP7416969B2/en
Publication of WO2022065049A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022065049A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a transfer film, a laminate, and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring.
  • a photosensitive composition layer is arranged on a transfer target such as a substrate using a transfer film, and the photosensitive composition layer is subjected to a mask. A method of developing after exposure is widely used.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a polyester film for ultrafine wire photoresist containing predetermined particles on the surface of the laminated polyester film opposite to the resist layer side.
  • the transfer film has excellent peelability. Specifically, first, when using the transfer film, the protective film is peeled off. When the protective film is peeled off, it is required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the protective film. Further, after the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film is attached to the transferred object, the temporary support is peeled off. It is also required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the temporary support when the temporary support is peeled off. That is, it is required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the temporary support and on the surface of the protective film when the protective film is peeled off and when the temporary support is peeled off. ..
  • the photosensitive composition layer when the photosensitive composition layer is peeled off, it is difficult for the photosensitive composition layer to remain on the surfaces of the temporary support and the protective film, and the fact that the photosensitive composition layer can be peeled off is also referred to as excellent peelability.
  • the present inventor examined the characteristics of the transfer film having the conventional temporary support such as Patent Document 1, and found that the patterning property and the peelability of the transfer film could not be compatible with each other.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a transfer film having excellent patterning property and excellent peelability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a laminated body and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a transfer film.
  • a transfer film having a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer arranged on the temporary support, and a protective film in this order.
  • the temporary support has a temporary support body, a first layer arranged on one surface of the temporary support body, and a second layer arranged on the other surface of the temporary support body. Of the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side.
  • the first layer contains first organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm and first inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less. .0-100, A transfer film in which the second layer contains or does not contain second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less.
  • the thickness of the temporary support body is 6.0 to 30.0 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
  • the first inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide and The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the average particle diameter of the first inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
  • the second layer contains second organic particles having an average particle diameter of 350 to 800 nm.
  • the second inorganic particle contains aluminum oxide and contains The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the average particle diameter of the second inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
  • One of [1] to [10] wherein the Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 3.0 to 5.0, and the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide.
  • An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer and It comprises a developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
  • a method for producing a laminated body comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. .. [16]
  • the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film according to any one of [1] to [14], and the surface opposite to the temporary support is attached to a substrate having a conductive layer to form a conductive layer.
  • a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. ..
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a transfer film having excellent patterning property and excellent peelability. Further, according to the present invention, it is also possible to provide a method for manufacturing a laminate and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a transfer film.
  • the numerical range represented by using “-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value in another numerical range described in stages. ..
  • the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the examples.
  • process is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
  • transparent means that the average transmittance of visible light having a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more, and is preferably 90% or more.
  • the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured by using a spectrophotometer, and can be measured by, for example, a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are three series of TSK gel Super HZM-N (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) as a column and THF as an eluent. It is a value converted using (tetrahexyl), a differential refraction meter as a detector, and polystyrene as a standard material, and polystyrene as a standard material measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer.
  • the molecular weight of a compound having a molecular weight distribution is a weight average molecular weight.
  • the ratio of the constituent units of the polymer is the mass ratio.
  • the refractive index is a value measured by an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm unless otherwise specified.
  • (meth) acrylic is a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acrylate is a concept that includes both acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acrylic acid is a concept that includes both an acrylic group and a methacrylic acid group.
  • organic group means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents in the case of “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, it can be selected from the following substituent group T.
  • substituent T examples include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group.
  • alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group
  • acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group
  • Acryl groups such as acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, and metoxalyl group
  • alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group
  • arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfonyl group
  • alkyl groups such as cyclo Alkyl group; aryl group; heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; nitro group; ether group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; aryla
  • the transfer film has a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer arranged on the temporary support, and a protective film in this order.
  • the temporary support has a temporary support body, a first layer arranged on one surface of the temporary support body, and a second layer arranged on the other surface of the temporary support body. Of the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side. That is, the transfer film has a second layer, a temporary support body, a first layer, a photosensitive composition layer, and a protective film in this order.
  • the feature of the transfer film of the present invention is that the temporary support of the transfer film has a first layer and a second layer.
  • the present inventors have studied conventional transfer films and found that both patterning property and peelability have not been achieved.
  • the desired effect was obtained when the temporary support having the first layer and the second layer was provided.
  • the present inventions speculate about the mechanism as follows. By controlling the first inorganic particles that can be contained in each layer to a predetermined average particle diameter, scattering of light during exposure is suppressed, uniform exposure is achieved, and variation in the line width of the resin pattern is reduced.
  • the Kurtosis Rku is adjusted to a predetermined range, and the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support are used, and the photosensitive composition is formed. It is presumed that the desired peelability between the layer and the protective film could be imparted.
  • the effect of the present invention is further excellent in that at least one of the effect of the excellent patterning property of the transfer film and the effect of the excellent peelability of the transfer film can be obtained.
  • the photosensitive composition layer is preferably a negative photosensitive composition layer. It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer.
  • the transfer film of the present invention may be used as a transfer film for a wiring protective film or as a transfer film for an etching resist, as will be described later.
  • the composition of the transfer film is preferably the above-mentioned configurations (1) and (2).
  • the composition of the transfer film is preferably the above-mentioned configurations (2) to (4).
  • the first embodiment and the second embodiment described later can be mentioned.
  • the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a temporary support 1, a composition layer 2 including a photosensitive composition layer 3 and a refractive index adjusting layer 5, and a protective film 7 in this order. Further, the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a form in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is arranged, but the refractive index adjusting layer 5 may not be arranged.
  • the transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a temporary support 11, a composition layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, an intermediate layer 15, and a photosensitive composition layer 17, and a protective film 19 in this order. .. Further, the transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a form in which the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 are arranged, but the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 may not be arranged.
  • examples of the temporary support 11 and the protective film 17 are the same as those of the temporary support 1 and the protective film 9 of the first embodiment described above.
  • each configuration of the transfer film will be described in detail.
  • the transfer film has a temporary support.
  • the temporary support has a temporary support main body, a first layer described later, and a second layer described later.
  • the temporary support is a member that supports the photosensitive composition layer, and is finally removed by a peeling treatment.
  • each member constituting the temporary support will be described in detail.
  • the temporary support has a temporary support body.
  • the temporary support body is a member arranged between the first layer and the second layer.
  • Examples of the temporary support main body include a glass substrate and a film, and a resin film is preferable. Further, as the temporary support main body, a film that does not cause significant deformation, shrinkage, or elongation under pressure, pressure, and heating, and has flexibility is preferable.
  • the resin film examples include polyester films such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, polyimide films, and polycarbonate films.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • cellulose triacetate films examples of the resin film
  • polystyrene films examples of the resin film
  • polycarbonate films examples of the resin film.
  • a polyester film is preferable, a biaxially stretched polyester film is more preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is further preferable. Further, it is also preferable that the temporary support main body is not deformed or scratched such as wrinkles.
  • a biaxially stretched polyester film is preferable.
  • Biaxial stretching means that biaxial stretching treatment is performed and the molecule has molecular orientation in the biaxial direction.
  • the molecular orientation is measured using a microwave transmission type molecular orientation meter (for example, MOA-6004, manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd.).
  • the angle formed in the biaxial direction is preferably 90 ° ⁇ 5 °, more preferably 90 ° ⁇ 3 °, and even more preferably 90 ° ⁇ 1 °.
  • the biaxially stretched polyester film preferably has molecular orientation in the longitudinal direction and the width direction.
  • the width direction means a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction.
  • the width direction is the direction with the strongest orientation among the orientations measured using a microwave transmission type molecular orientation meter (for example, MOA-6004, manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd.).
  • a microwave transmission type molecular orientation meter for example, MOA-6004, manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd.
  • the orthogonality is not limited to a strict orthogonality, but includes a substantially orthogonality. Approximately orthogonal means intersecting at 90 ° ⁇ 5 °, preferably at 90 ° ⁇ 3 °, and more preferably at 90 ° ⁇ 1 °.
  • the biaxially stretched polyester film is a biaxially stretched polyester film containing polyester as a main polymer component.
  • the main polymer component means a polymer having the largest content ratio (% by mass) among all the polymers contained in the film, and polyester means a polymer having an ester bond in the main chain.
  • polyesters examples include known polyesters.
  • examples of the polyester include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate (PEN). Among them, PET is preferable as the polyester.
  • the intrinsic viscosity of polyester is preferably 0.50 dl / g or more and less than 0.80 dl / g, and more preferably 0.55 dl / g or more and less than 0.70 dl / g.
  • the biaxially stretched polyester film may contain only one type of polyester, or may contain two or more types of polyester.
  • the polyester content is preferably 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, further preferably 95% by mass or more, still more preferably 98% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer in the biaxially stretched polyester film.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer in the biaxially stretched polyester film.
  • the polyester content is preferably 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, further preferably 95% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the biaxially stretched polyester film.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the biaxially stretched polyester film.
  • the content of PET is preferably 90 to 100% by mass, more preferably 95 to 100% by mass, and 98 by mass, based on the total mass of the polyester in the biaxially stretched polyester film. ⁇ 100% by mass is more preferable, and 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • polyester can be produced by polycondensing at least one dicarboxylic acid compound and at least one diol compound in the presence of a catalyst.
  • dicarboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid compound, an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid compound, and an aromatic dicarboxylic acid compound.
  • diol compound include an aliphatic diol compound, an alicyclic diol compound, and an aromatic diol compound.
  • Examples of the catalyst include alkali metal compounds, alkaline earth metal compounds, zinc compounds, lead compounds, manganese compounds, cobalt compounds, aluminum compounds, antimony compounds, titanium compounds, germanium compounds, and phosphorus compounds.
  • a known end-capping agent can be used in the production of polyester, if necessary.
  • Examples of the terminal encapsulant include an oxazoline-based compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an epoxy compound.
  • the haze of the temporary support body is preferably small. Specifically, the haze of the temporary support is preferably less than 0.5%, more preferably 0.4% or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0% or more.
  • the haze can be measured using a haze meter by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981, and the haze described in the present specification is measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.). It is the value that was set.
  • the B * value in the L * a * b * color system is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0 to 0.8, further preferably 0 to 0.6, and 0 to 0. 4 is particularly preferable.
  • the b * value in the L * a * b * color system is 0 to 1, the yellowness of the film can be reduced, so that the hue of the film can be made almost colorless. As a result, it can be preferably applied, for example, in applications where high visibility is required (for example, a display device).
  • the L * a * b * value in the color system of the temporary support body is measured by the transmission method using a spectrocolorimeter (for example, SE-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the thickness of the temporary support body is preferably 1.0 to 100.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 6.0 to 30.0 ⁇ m, and 10. It is more preferably 0 to 30.0 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the temporary support body is 10.0 ⁇ m or more, good strength is obtained and handling in the processing step becomes easy, and when it is 50.0 ⁇ m or less, a better haze value can be obtained.
  • the dimensional change rate of the temporary support body is within the following range because distortion and wrinkles due to heat shrinkage in the DFR processing process can be suppressed.
  • the dimensional change rate can be adjusted by appropriately adjusting conditions such as relaxation and heat treatment under the film forming conditions by a known method.
  • the dimensional change rate at 150 ° C. is preferably less than 3% in the longitudinal direction and less than 2.5% in the width direction, 0.5% or more and less than 2% in the longitudinal direction, and 1% or more and 2% in the width direction. Less than is more preferred.
  • the dimensional change rate in the longitudinal direction and the width direction at 100 ° C. is preferably less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.8%. When the dimensional change rate is within the above range, the flatness when the photosensitive composition is applied tends to be better.
  • the strength when the film in the longitudinal direction is stretched by 5% is preferably 70 MPa or more and less than 150 MPa. If the F-5 in the longitudinal direction is less than 70 MPa, the processing characteristics may deteriorate due to scratches or the like due to insufficient strength. On the other hand, if the F-5 in the longitudinal direction is 150 MPa or more, it may be difficult to achieve compatibility with the F-5 in the width direction.
  • the F-5 in the longitudinal direction is more preferably 80 MPa or more and less than 140 MPa, and further preferably 90 MPa or more and less than 130 MPa.
  • the F-5 in the width direction is preferably 80 MPa or more and less than 160 MPa.
  • F-5 in the width direction is within the above range, deterioration of processing characteristics due to generation of scratches due to insufficient strength is suppressed, and compatibility with F-5 in the longitudinal direction is also good. It is more preferably 90 MPa or more and less than 150 MPa, and further preferably 100 MPa or more and less than 140 MPa.
  • the breaking strength of the temporary support body in the longitudinal direction is preferably 200 MPa or more and less than 360 MPa, more preferably 220 MPa or more and less than 340 MPa.
  • the breaking strength in the width direction is preferably 260 MPa or more and less than 420 MPa, more preferably 280 MPa or more and less than 400 MPa.
  • F-5 and breaking strength can be achieved by appropriately adjusting the stretching temperature and stretching ratio in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the temporary support has a first layer arranged on the side of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the first layer contains first organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm and first inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less. ⁇ 100.
  • the surface of the surface of the first layer in contact with the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 2.5 to 80, more preferably 2.5 to 10, and 2.5 to 10. 6.0 is more preferable, and 3.0 to 5.0 is particularly preferable.
  • 10 randomly selected surfaces (the surface opposite the temporary support body) in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the first layer were selected using New View 6000 manufactured by Zygo. It shall be the average value obtained by measuring and excluding the minimum and maximum values from the obtained measured values.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting Kurtosis Rku include a method for adjusting the type and content of the first organic particles and the first inorganic particles, which will be described later.
  • the average particle size of the first organic particles is 100 to 1000 nm, preferably 350 to 800 nm, more preferably 350 to 700 nm, and even more preferably 400 to 600 nm in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the average particle size of the first organic particles is determined by arithmetically averaging the particle sizes of 50 first organic particles randomly selected from images of a transmission electron microscope (TEM). Specifically, after cutting out the cross section of the temporary support, the cross section of the temporary support is observed by TEM, and 50 particles are randomly selected from the observation image of TEM.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • EDX Energy dispersive X-ray analysis
  • Resin particles are preferable as the first organic particles.
  • the resin particles include polystyrene resin particles, acrylic resin particles, polyester resin particles, silicone organic particles, and styrene-acrylic organic particles, and polystyrene resin particles are preferable.
  • the first organic particles preferably have a crosslinked structure.
  • the first layer may contain only one kind of first organic particles, or may contain two or more kinds of first organic particles.
  • the content of the first organic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the average particle size of the first inorganic particles is 70 nm or less, and is preferably 65 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 8 nm or more, and particularly preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the average particle size of the first inorganic particles can be measured by using the above-mentioned method for measuring the average particle size of organic particles.
  • the first inorganic particle preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a silicon atom and an aluminum atom, and more preferably contains an aluminum atom.
  • the first inorganic particles include silicon dioxide particles (silica particles), titania particles (titanium oxide particles), calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and aluminum oxide particles (alumina particles).
  • silicon dioxide particles silicon dioxide particles
  • titania particles titanium oxide particles
  • calcium carbonate calcium carbonate
  • barium sulfate calcium carbonate
  • aluminum oxide particles alumina particles
  • aluminum oxide particles or silicon dioxide particles are preferable, and aluminum oxide particles are more preferable, in terms of haze and durability.
  • the silicon dioxide particles are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known silica particles.
  • Examples of the silicon dioxide particles include fumed silica particles and colloidal silica particles.
  • the fumed silica particles can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound containing a silicon atom with oxygen and hydrogen in a gas phase.
  • Examples of the silicon compound as a raw material include silicon halide (for example, silicon chloride).
  • the colloidal silica particles can be synthesized, for example, by a sol-gel method in which a raw material compound is hydrolyzed and condensed.
  • Examples of the raw material compound of colloidal silica include alkoxysilicon (for example, tetraethoxysilane) and halogenated silane compound (for example, diphenyldichlorosilane).
  • the form of the silicon dioxide particles may be primary particles or aggregates of primary particles (aggregated silica particles).
  • the first layer may contain only one kind of the first inorganic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the first inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.2 to 0.5% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the first inorganic particles is preferably higher than the content of the first organic particles.
  • the mass ratio of the content of the first inorganic particles to the content of the first organic particles is preferably 1.0 or more, 2 .0 or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 5.0 or less, and even more preferably 3.0 or less.
  • the first layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • examples of other components include resins, surfactants, cross-linking agents, and film-forming aids, with resins being preferred.
  • the first layer may contain only one kind of other components, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the resin means a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 3000 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the resin include an olefin resin, the resin constituting the temporary support body described above, and a binder polymer contained in the photosensitive composition layer described later, and the resin constituting the temporary support body or the binder polymer may be used.
  • a polyester resin is more preferable, and a PET resin is further preferable.
  • the olefin resin include known olefin resins.
  • the olefin resin include polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the first layer in terms of durability of the first layer and dispersibility of particles. Is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 99.99% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less.
  • the surfactant examples include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and anionic surfactants or nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • anionic surfactant examples include Lapizol (registered trademark) A-90 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), Sanded BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and Nikkor SCS (manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
  • the nonionic surfactant examples include Naroacty (registered trademark) CL95 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.).
  • examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in the Handbook of Physical Properties and Performance of Surfactants (Technical Information Association).
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the first layer.
  • cross-linking agent examples include known cross-linking agents for carbodiimide compounds, oxazoline compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, and isocyanate compounds.
  • examples of the cross-linking agent include Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2 (manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epocross (registered trademark) WS-700 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), and Denacol (registered trademark) EX614B (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation).
  • WM44 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • Duranate registered trademark
  • the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the first layer.
  • the thickness of the first layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 3.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the second layer is a layer containing the second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less, or a layer containing no inorganic particles.
  • the second layer contains the second inorganic particles or does not contain the inorganic particles regardless of the average particle size.
  • the second layer contains the second inorganic particles.
  • the average particle diameter of the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer is preferably 65 nm or less, preferably 50 nm, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The following are more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 8 nm or more, and particularly preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the average particle size of the second inorganic particles can be measured by using the above-mentioned method for measuring the average particle size of the first organic particles.
  • the second inorganic particle preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a silicon atom and an aluminum atom, and more preferably contains an aluminum atom.
  • the second inorganic particles include silicon dioxide particles (silica particles), titania particles (titanium oxide particles), calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and aluminum oxide particles (alumina particles).
  • silicon dioxide particles silicon dioxide particles
  • titania particles titanium oxide particles
  • calcium carbonate calcium carbonate
  • barium sulfate calcium carbonate
  • aluminum oxide particles alumina particles
  • aluminum oxide particles aluminum oxide particles or silicon dioxide particles are preferable, and aluminum oxide particles are more preferable, in terms of haze and durability.
  • the embodiment of the silicon dioxide particles is as described above.
  • the second layer may contain only one kind of second inorganic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the second inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.2 to 0.5% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the second layer does not contain inorganic particles
  • the second layer does not contain inorganic particles regardless of the average particle size.
  • the second layer may contain second organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm.
  • the definition of the second organic particle is synonymous with the first organic particle contained in the first layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the second layer may contain only one kind of second organic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the second organic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the second layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • the other component has the same meaning as the other component contained in the first layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the thickness of the second layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 3.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the aspect of the first layer and the aspect of the second layer may be the same layer or different layers. Among them, the same layer is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the same layer means a layer having the same component and layer thickness contained in the layer.
  • the first organic particles contained in the first layer and the second organic particles contained in the second layer may be the same organic particles or different organic particles. Among them, the same organic particles are preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the content of the first organic particles contained in the first layer and the content of the second organic particles contained in the second layer may be the same content or different contents. Among them, the same content is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the first inorganic particles contained in the first layer and the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer may be the same inorganic particles or different inorganic particles. Among them, the same inorganic particles are preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Further, the content of the first inorganic particles contained in the first layer and the content of the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer may be the same content or different contents. Among them, the same content is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the thickness of the first layer and the thickness of the second layer may be the same or different. Among them, the same thickness is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the temporary support preferably has light transmission.
  • having light transmittance means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more, from the viewpoint that pattern exposure can be performed via a temporary support.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% or less.
  • the transmittance is the emission light emitted through the layer to be measured with respect to the intensity of the incident light when the light is incident in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer to be measured (thickness direction). Means the ratio of strength of.
  • the transmittance can be measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • the haze of the temporary support is preferably small. Specifically, the haze of the temporary support is preferably less than 0.5%, more preferably 0.4% or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0% or more.
  • the haze can be measured using a haze meter by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981, and the haze described in the present specification is measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.). It is the value that was set.
  • the thickness of the temporary support can be determined, for example, according to the strength of the temporary support, the light transmittance, the material, and the flexibility required for bonding the transfer film and the substrate.
  • the thickness of the temporary support is not particularly limited, but is often 200.0 ⁇ m or less, and is preferably 100.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 40.0 ⁇ m or less, and 35.0 ⁇ m or less in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the temporary support can be calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
  • Preferred forms of the temporary support include, for example, paragraphs [0017] to [0018] of JP-A-2014-085643, paragraphs [0019]-[0026] of JP-A-2016-0273363, and WO2012 / 08168A1.
  • Paragraphs [0041] to [0057] and paragraphs [0029] to [0040] of WO2018 / 179370A1 can be incorporated, and the contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
  • the transfer film has a protective film.
  • the protective film By having the protective film, the surface of the layer in contact with the protective film (for example, the photosensitive composition layer) can be protected.
  • the protective film examples include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
  • the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film.
  • a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable, and a polyethylene terephthalate film is more preferable.
  • the thickness of the protective film is preferably 5 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 50 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 10 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side where the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is arranged is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. Is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m or more.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side where the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is arranged is absent among the surfaces in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the first layer (the surface opposite to the temporary support body).
  • the 10 points selected at random are measured using New View 6000 manufactured by Zygo, and the average value of the obtained measured values excluding the minimum and maximum values is used.
  • the transfer film has a photosensitive composition layer disposed on the temporary support.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator, which will be described later.
  • a pattern can be formed on the transferred object by transferring the photosensitive composition layer onto the transferred object and then exposing and developing the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may be a positive type photosensitive composition layer or a negative type photosensitive composition layer.
  • the positive photosensitive composition layer is a photosensitive composition layer in which the exposed portion is improved in solubility in a developing solution by exposure.
  • the negative photosensitive composition layer is a photosensitive composition layer in which the exposed portion is less soluble in a developing solution due to exposure. Above all, it is preferable to use a negative photosensitive composition layer.
  • the photosensitive composition layer is a negative photosensitive composition layer, the formed pattern corresponds to a protective film.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 20.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 15.0 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of coatability.
  • the above lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 3.0 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 4.0 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer is calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
  • the refractive index of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
  • the photosensitive composition layer is preferably achromatic.
  • the a * value of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0.
  • the hue of the photosensitive composition layer can be measured using a colorimeter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta).
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a binder polymer.
  • the binder polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and the reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid.
  • examples thereof include the obtained epoxy acrylate resin and the acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting the epoxy acrylate resin with the acid anhydride.
  • the binder polymer is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have a structural unit derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester.
  • Acrylic acid glycidyl ester (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
  • the (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
  • the alkyl group of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester may be linear or branched. Specific examples include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ( Heptyl acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as dodecyl.
  • As the (meth) acrylic acid ester a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the polymerizable monomer forming the structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that can be copolymerized with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene and ⁇ -methyl.
  • Styrene compounds such as styrene which may have a substituent at the ⁇ -position or an aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, monoethyl maleate and Examples thereof include maleic acid monoesters such as maleic acid monoisopropyl, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, ⁇ -cyanocinnamic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability, and is based on the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, preferably 1 to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. More preferably, 5 to 60% by mass is further preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable.
  • a resin composed only of structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
  • an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
  • the total content of the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid and the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is higher than that of all the constituent units of the (meth) acrylic resin because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • 40% by mass or more is preferable, and 60% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, and acrylic acid, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester. The mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the total content of the ester.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the terminal in that the photosensitive composition layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
  • the terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis.
  • a (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
  • the binder polymer is an acrylic soluble resin.
  • alkali-soluble means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
  • the binder polymer is preferably, for example, a binder polymer having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the binder polymer is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with the crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film.
  • the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxy group
  • the three-dimensional crosslink density can be increased by, for example, adding a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound to thermally crosslink the binder polymer.
  • a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound
  • the carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
  • carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more paragraphs [0033] to [0052] of JP-A-2010-237589.
  • a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
  • the binder polymer is a styrene-acrylic copolymer.
  • the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and the structural unit derived from the styrene compound.
  • the total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100% by mass or less.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 5 to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20 to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Is more preferable.
  • the binder polymer preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the monomers forming the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid). , Styrene dimer, styrene trimmer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate; a vinyl monomer having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, and the like. Examples include vinylbenzyl alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable. Further, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • S structural unit represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is 5 to 90 mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. % Is preferable, 10 to 70% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 60% by mass is further preferable. Further, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. -60 mol% is more preferred, and 20-60 mol% is even more preferred.
  • the above “constituent unit” shall be synonymous with the "monomer unit”.
  • the above-mentioned "monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. That is, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having a monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. Among them, the binder polymer more preferably has a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and further preferably has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
  • Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
  • a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring (tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane) is preferable. Ring) is more preferred.
  • the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure examples include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the binder polymer more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy), and the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the following formula. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by (Cy).
  • RM represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • RCy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) may be a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • the RM in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a methyl group.
  • the RCy in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fat having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is more preferably a monovalent group having a group hydrocarbon ring structure, and even more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) a monocyclic aliphatic ring structure such as a cyclopentane ring structure, a cyclohexane ring structure, or an isoborone ring structure is obtained because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure such as a hydrocarbon ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, or a norbornane ring structure, and is a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring because the effect of the present invention is more excellent, and is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • a ring structure in which the ring is condensed is more preferable, and a ring in which 2 to 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is further preferable.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is higher than that of all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 5 to 90% by mass is preferable, 10 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 70% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention, and is preferably 10 to 70 mol%. 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is further preferable. Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. -60 mol% is more preferred, and 20-60 mol% is even more preferred.
  • the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the present.
  • 10 to 90% by mass is preferable, 20 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 30 to 75% by mass is further preferable, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer.
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is 10 with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the total content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is the total structural unit of the binder polymer from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • 10 to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 30 to 60 mol% is further preferable.
  • the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are given by the following formulas because the effects of the present invention are more excellent. It is preferable to satisfy the relationship shown in (SCy), more preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-1), and further preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-2).
  • the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an acid group because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the structural unit having the acid group the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid shown below is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group is 5 to 50% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable, 5 to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10 to 30% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 50 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. More preferably, 15-40 mol% is even more preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention, and is preferably 10 to 50. More preferably, mol%, more preferably 15-40 mol%.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • a reactive group a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
  • the "main chain” represents a relatively longest bound chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin
  • the "side chain” represents an atomic group branched from the main chain. ..
  • a (meth) acrylic group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • structural units having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is 5 to 70 mass by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. % Is preferable, 10 to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 40% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 20 to 50 mol% is further preferable.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate are used.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate.
  • examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as a compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a preferred example of a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer is that a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction and then glycidyl (meth) acrylate is added to a part of the carboxy group of the obtained polymer by the polymer reaction.
  • a means for introducing a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer by reacting with the polymer By this means, a binder polymer having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 to 90 ° C.
  • an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable.
  • the polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 to 110 ° C. In the above polymer reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
  • the binder polymer As the binder polymer, the polymers shown below are preferable because the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each structural unit shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
  • the content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer.
  • b is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • the content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer.
  • b is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • the content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 30 to 65% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer.
  • b is preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • the content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer.
  • b is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
  • the binder polymer may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
  • the carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
  • a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5- to 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
  • the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
  • RA1a represents a substituent
  • n1a RA1a may be the same or different
  • Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
  • Z 1a an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
  • a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, although a plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, it is preferable that the RA1a are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable.
  • a structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or an itaconic acid anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
  • the total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and further preferably 10 to 35 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain only one kind of polymer X, or may contain two or more kinds of polymer X.
  • the content of the polymer X is 0.10 to 30.00 with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the mass% is preferable, 0.20 to 20.00 mass% is more preferable, 0.20 to 5.00 mass% is further preferable, and 0.50 to 1.50 mass% is particularly preferable.
  • the binder polymer polymer A is also preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer is preferably a negative photosensitive composition layer.
  • the polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and 190 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive composition layer by the developing solution. Less than g is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable. Especially preferable.
  • the acid value (mgKOH / g) is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample.
  • the acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
  • the acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing the acid group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability.
  • the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the edge fuse property refers to the degree of ease with which the photosensitive composition layer protrudes from the end face of the roll when it is wound into a roll as a negative photosensitive resin laminate.
  • the cut chip property refers to the degree of ease of chip flying when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. When this chip adheres to the upper surface of the negative photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it is transferred to the mask in a later exposure step or the like, which causes a defective product.
  • the dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 3.0. ..
  • the polymer A is a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferable to include it.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups.
  • the content of the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 85% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A.
  • the average value of the content of the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is within the above range.
  • the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinyl benzoic acid). Acids, styrene dimers, styrene trimers, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit based on styrene is 20 to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. Is preferable, 25 to 65% by mass is more preferable, 30 to 60% by mass is further preferable, and 30 to 55% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the polymer A containing a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described later, and / or described below. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the second monomers.
  • the polymer A containing no structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and is preferably the first single amount. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing at least one kind of the body and at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
  • the first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule.
  • the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid anhydride, and maleic acid semi-ester.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit based on the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. % Is more preferable.
  • the content is 5% by mass or more from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability, controlling edge fuseability, and the like. It is preferable that the content is 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution of the resist pattern and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern.
  • the second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Esters of vinyl alcohols such as vinyl; (meth) acrylonitrile can be mentioned.
  • methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, or n-butyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit based on the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, and 20 to 45% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. % Is more preferable.
  • the polymer A contains a monomer-based structural unit having an aralkyl group and / or a styrene-based monomer-based structural unit, it suppresses line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. It is preferable from the viewpoint of For example, a copolymer containing a methacrylic acid-based constituent unit, a benzyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, and a styrene-based constituent unit, a methacrylic acid-based constituent unit, a methyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, a benzyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, and a styrene.
  • the polymer A has 25 to 55% by mass of a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20 to 35% by mass of a structural unit based on the first monomer, and a second. It is preferably a polymer containing 15 to 45% by mass of a constituent unit based on a monomer. In another embodiment, the polymer contains 70 to 90% by mass of a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10 to 25% by mass of a structural unit based on the first monomer. Is preferable.
  • the polymer A may have a branched structure and / or an alicyclic structure in the side chain.
  • a monomer having a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer having a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. ..
  • Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include (meth) acrylate i-propyl, (meth) acrylate i-butyl, (meth) acrylate s-butyl, and (meth) acrylate t.
  • the monomer having a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms can be mentioned. More specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth).
  • the polymer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • two kinds of polymers A containing a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group are mixed and used, or based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the ratio of the polymer A containing the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. More preferably, 80% by mass or more is further preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less.
  • a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is prepared by diluting the above-mentioned one or more monomers with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution for synthesis. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level.
  • a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level.
  • the synthesis means bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 to 135 ° C.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a resin other than the above as the polymer A.
  • resins include acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, and poly. Examples thereof include benzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain only one kind of binder polymer, or may contain two or more kinds of binder polymers.
  • the content of the binder polymer is preferably 10.00 to 90.00% by mass, and 30.00 to 80.00% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Is more preferable, 40.00 to 70.00% by mass is further preferable, and 45.00 to 60.00% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known polymerization initiator can be used.
  • a photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • the polymerization initiator may be a radical polymerization initiator or a cationic polymerization initiator.
  • Examples of the polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “oxym-based photopolymerization initiator”) and a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone structure (hereinafter, “ ⁇ -amino”).
  • alkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone structure (hereinafter also referred to as “ ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator”), and an acylphosphine oxide structure.
  • Photopolymerization initiator hereinafter, also referred to as “acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator”
  • photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure hereinafter, also referred to as "N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator”
  • the photosensitive composition layer contains a 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitive, visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, and resolution. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the derivatives.
  • the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different. Examples of the derivative of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di.
  • the polymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. It preferably contains at least one, and preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator and an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator.
  • polymerization initiator examples include the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs [0031] to [0042] of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs [0064] to [0081] of JP-A-2015-014783. Can be mentioned.
  • polymerization initiator examples include 1- [4- (phenylthio)] phenyl-1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF).
  • the photocationic polymerization initiator is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light rays.
  • a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used.
  • the generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred.
  • the lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
  • Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
  • Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-085643 may be used.
  • nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds.
  • trichloromethyl-s-triazines the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 886 of JP-A-2011-22149 may be used.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound the compound described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof.
  • the polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the photosensitive composition layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.10% by mass or more, more preferably 0.50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.00% by mass or less, more preferably 5.00% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound other than the above binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply also referred to as “Compound M”) is preferable.
  • Q2 -R 1a -Q 1 set (M) Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) have the same group as Q 1 and Q 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • R 1a in the formula (M) an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxyalkylene group (-L 1 -OL 1- ), or a polyalkylene oxyalkylene group (-(L)" is used because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group is more preferable, an alkylene group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen linear alkylene groups are particularly preferred.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least partially, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms.
  • It may be any of 5 linear alkylene groups, arylene groups, ether bonds, and combinations thereof, and the alkylene group or the group in which two or more alkylene groups and one or more arylene groups are combined is used.
  • an alkylene group is more preferred, and a linear alkylene group is even more preferred.
  • the above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group is more preferable.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more, and an integer of 2 to 10 is preferable.
  • the number of atoms of the shortest connecting chain for connecting Q1 and Q2 in compound M is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. 6 to 20 are more preferable, and 8 to 12 are particularly preferable.
  • “the number of atoms in the shortest connecting chain connecting between Q1 and Q2" is the shortest linking from the atom in R1 connected to Q1 to the atom in R1 connected to Q2 . The number of atoms in.
  • Examples of the compound M include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • the compound M includes 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonane diol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,10-decane di (meth) acrylate. It is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of meta) acrylate and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, preferably 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate and 1,9-nonane diol di.
  • it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, with 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and More preferably, it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferable.
  • the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound” means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
  • the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimenanol di (meth) acrylate.
  • bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include, for example, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimenanoldi.
  • Methacrylate (trade name: NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Examples thereof include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerintri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
  • (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate) is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate.
  • (Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate” is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include a caprolactone-modified compound of a (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD® DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.).
  • KAYARAD® DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.
  • (Meta) acrylate compound alkylene oxide-modified compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) R-604 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and Dycel Ornex EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135, etc.) and ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
  • KAYARAD registered trademark
  • ATM-35E A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Dycel Ornex EBECRYL registered trademark 135, etc.
  • ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds [preferably trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylate compounds].
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylate compound include Acryt 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.), NK Ester UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and NK Ester UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). (Manufactured by the company).
  • urethane (meth) acrylate a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned.
  • the lower limit of the number of functional groups 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable.
  • the upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 or less.
  • trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • UA-1100H manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • AH-600 trade name manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • UX-5000 both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is preferable.
  • the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group. Of these, the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group a 3- to 4-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and a tetraacrylate (PETA) skeleton introduced with a carboxy group (acid value: 80 to 80).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are improved. It will be higher.
  • the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). ), Aronix (registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the content described in this publication is described in this publication. Incorporated in the specification.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a urethane.
  • Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds having a bond, ⁇ -chloro- ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, ⁇ -hydroxyethyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as -o-phthalate and ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis.
  • Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acrylamide polypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups.
  • an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropanetri (meth) are preferable.
  • Acrylate or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylate is more preferable.
  • a compound containing an ester bond is preferable in that the photosensitive composition layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but is not ethylene-free having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure in that the effect of the present invention is excellent.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure from the viewpoint of imparting reliability. And, preferably.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanol.
  • Di (meth) acrylate can be mentioned.
  • the polymerizable compound examples include a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • a polymerizable compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure
  • a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
  • a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tricyclodecene structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, still more preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
  • the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer is 30% by mass with respect to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer. % Or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of the content ratio of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, more preferably a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and a trifunctional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound. It is more preferable to include it.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a binder polymer having a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and is preferably 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and the like. And more preferably containing a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, succinic acid variants of 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate. It is more preferable to include it.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a thermally crosslinkable compound described later, and the compound represented by the formula (M). It is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
  • the photosensitive composition layer comprises a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate compound). ) It is preferable to contain an acrylate compound).
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains compound M and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group from the viewpoints of adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance, and the compound M and the aliphatic hydrocarbon are preferable. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and a trifunctional compound.
  • the photosensitive composition layer contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group from the viewpoints of adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance.
  • 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate It is more preferable to contain tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (A-DPH), and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, preferably 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and tricyclode. It is particularly preferable to contain candimethane diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60 to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferable, 80 to 100% by mass is more preferable, and 90 to 100% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds B.
  • the ratio of the mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. It is preferable, 55% by mass or more is more preferable, and 60% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 100% by mass or less is preferable, 99% by mass or less is more preferable, 95% by mass or less is further preferable, 90% by mass or less is particularly preferable, and 85% by mass or less is the most. preferable.
  • aromatic ring contained in the polymerizable compound B1 examples include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring and anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring and pyridine ring. Heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable.
  • the aromatic ring may have a substituent.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring or may have two or more aromatic rings.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive composition layer due to the developing solution.
  • the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane).
  • examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs [0072] to [0080] of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
  • 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane examples include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Kasei Co., Ltd.).
  • polymerizable compound B1 a compound represented by the following general formula (B1) is also preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, respectively.
  • A represents C 2 H 4 .
  • B represents C 3 H 6 .
  • n1 and n3 are independently integers of 1 to 39, and n1 + n3 are integers of 2 to 40.
  • n2 and n4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 are integers of 0 to 30.
  • the sequence of constituent units of-(AO)-and-(BO)- may be random or block. In the case of a block, either ⁇ (A—O) ⁇ or ⁇ (BO) ⁇ may be on the bisphenyl group side.
  • n1 + n2 + n3 + n4 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Further, n2 + n4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 4, further preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin exudes from the end of the transfer member), 70% by mass or less is preferable, and 60% by mass or less is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 1.00 to 70.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is 10.00. It is more preferably from 70.00% by mass, further preferably from 15.0 to 50.0% by mass, and particularly preferably from 20.0 to 40.0% by mass.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
  • the heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic complex.
  • Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
  • heterocyclic compound examples include triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazol compounds, triazine compounds, rodonin compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzoimidazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, pyrimidine compounds, and pyridine compounds.
  • the heterocyclic compound is selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyridine compound.
  • At least one compound is preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound is preferable. More preferred.
  • heterocyclic compound Preferred specific examples of the heterocyclic compound are shown below.
  • examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the thiadiazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzothiazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzoxazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the pyridine compound include (iso) nicotinic acid and (iso) nicotinamide.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of heterocyclic compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of heterocyclic compounds.
  • the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01 to 20.00% by mass, preferably 0.10 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably 0.00% by mass, further preferably 0.10 to 5.00% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.10 to 1.00% by mass.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
  • aliphatic thiol compound a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable, and the adhesion (particularly, exposure) of the formed pattern is preferable.
  • Polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds are more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion later).
  • polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as “mercapto groups”) in the molecule.
  • the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 100 to 1,500, still more preferably 150 to 1,000.
  • the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound for example, 2 to 10 functionalities are preferable, 2 to 8 functionalities are more preferable, and 2 to 6 functionalities are further preferable, from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern.
  • polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound examples include trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like.
  • the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris (3,5-tris). At least one compound selected from the group consisting of 3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferable.
  • Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, ⁇ -mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of aliphatic thiol compounds.
  • the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 5 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the thermally crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group described later is not treated as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is treated as a thermally crosslinkable compound.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound is a compound different from the components (binder polymer, polymerization initiator, polymerizable compound, etc.) contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound examples include an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, a methylol compound, and a blocked isocyanate compound.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. Since the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, for example, when at least one of the binder polymer and the radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, The hydrophilicity of the formed film tends to decrease, and the function as a protective film tends to be strengthened.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
  • the blocked isocyanate compound preferably contains a blocked isocyanate compound having a blocked isocyanate equivalent (hereinafter, also referred to as “NCO value”) of 4.5 mmol / g or more (hereinafter, also referred to as “first blocked isocyanate compound”).
  • NCO value blocked isocyanate equivalent
  • the NCO value of the first block isocyanate compound is 4.5 mmol / g or more, and 5.0 mmol / g or more is more preferable, and 5.3 mmol / g or more is further preferable, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the upper limit of the NCO value of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 6.0 mmol / g or less, more preferably less than 5.8 mmol / g, and further preferably 5.7 mmol / g or less, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. preferable.
  • the NCO value of the blocked isocyanate compound in the present invention means the number of millimoles of the blocked isocyanate group contained in 1 g of the blocked isocyanate compound, and can be calculated from the following formula.
  • NCO value of blocked isocyanate compound 1000 ⁇ (number of blocked isocyanate groups contained in the molecule) / (molecular weight of blocked isocyanate compound)
  • the dissociation temperature of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 100 to 160 ° C, more preferably 110 to 150 ° C.
  • the "dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound” is the heat absorption peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate compound when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter. Means temperature.
  • the differential scanning calorimeter is not particularly limited, and for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used.
  • the oxime compound is preferable as the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160 ° C. from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the first block isocyanate compound preferably has a ring structure from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the ring structure include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a heterocyclic ring. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic hydrocarbon ring are preferable, and the fat Group hydrocarbon rings are more preferred.
  • Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include a cyclopentane ring and a cyclohexane ring, and a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the heterocycle include an isocyanurate ring.
  • the number of rings is preferably 1 to 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the first block isocyanate compound contains a fused ring, the number of rings constituting the fused ring is counted, for example, the number of rings in the naphthalene ring is counted as 2.
  • the number of blocked isocyanate groups contained in the first blocked isocyanate compound is preferably 2 to 5 and more preferably 2 to 3 from the viewpoint of excellent strength of the formed pattern and more excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable.
  • the first blocked isocyanate compound is preferably a blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula Q from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • B 1 and B 2 each independently represent a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is not particularly limited, but a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with an oxime compound is preferable, and a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with a methylethylketooxime (specifically, a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with an oxime compound) is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • a 1 and A 2 independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkylene group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable that A 1 and A 2 are groups having the same structure.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include a divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group include a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a group formed by linking two or more of these groups.
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably cyclic from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 4 to 15, more preferably 5 to 10, and even more preferably 5 to 8 from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenylene group.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group).
  • the divalent linking group includes a linear, branched or cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms and carbon.
  • a group linked with the linear alkylene group of 3 is preferable, a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenylene group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a cyclo A phenylene group which may have a hexylene group or a substituent is more preferable, and a cyclohexylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula Q is preferably a blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula QA because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • B 1a and B 2a each independently represent a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the preferred embodiments of B 1a and B 2a are the same as those of B 1 and B 2 in the formula Q.
  • a 1a and A 2a each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • the preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group in A 1a and A 2a is the same as A 1a and A 2a in the formula Q.
  • L 1a represents a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group in L 1a is preferably 5 to 10, more preferably 5 to 8, further preferably 5 to 6, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the preferred embodiment of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in L 1a is the same as that of L 1 in the formula QA.
  • L 1a is preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, more preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Hydrocarbon groups are more preferred, cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are particularly preferred, and cyclohexylene groups are most preferred.
  • first block isocyanate compound Specific examples of the first block isocyanate compound are shown below, but the first block isocyanate compound is not limited to this.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of first block isocyanate compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of first block isocyanate compounds.
  • the content of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 0.50 to 25.00% by mass, more preferably 1.00 to 20.00% by mass, and 1.50 with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably ⁇ 5.00% by mass.
  • the first blocked isocyanate compound is obtained, for example, by reacting the isocyanate group of a compound having an isocyanate group (for example, a compound in which B 1 and B 2 in the above formula Q are isocyanate groups) with the blocking agent.
  • a compound having an isocyanate group for example, a compound in which B 1 and B 2 in the above formula Q are isocyanate groups
  • the blocked isocyanate compound preferably contains a blocked isocyanate compound having an NCO value of less than 4.5 mmol / g (hereinafter, also referred to as “second blocked isocyanate compound”). This makes it possible to suppress the generation of development residues after pattern exposure and development of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the NCO value of the second block isocyanate compound is less than 4.5 mmol / g, preferably 2.0 to 4.5 mmol / g, and more preferably 2.5 to 4.0 mmol / g.
  • the dissociation temperature of the second block isocyanate compound is preferably 100 to 160 ° C, more preferably 110 to 150 ° C.
  • Specific examples of the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160 ° C. are as described above.
  • the second block isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane or improving the adhesion to the transferred material.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by subjecting hexamethylene diisocyanate to isocyanurate to protect it.
  • an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is used because it is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range and to reduce the amount of development residue as compared with a compound having no oxime structure.
  • the compound to have is preferable.
  • the second block isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group in terms of the strength of the formed pattern.
  • a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable group include a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable, from the viewpoint of surface surface condition, development speed, and reactivity in the obtained pattern.
  • second block isocyanate compound Specific examples of the second block isocyanate compound are shown below, but the second block isocyanate compound is not limited to this.
  • the second block isocyanate compound a commercially available product can be used.
  • examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include, for example, Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BP, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP [above. , Showa Denko Corporation], and block-type Duranate series [for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, WT32-B75P, Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.].
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain one type of second-block isocyanate compound alone, or may contain two or more types of second-block isocyanate compounds.
  • the content of the second block isocyanate compound is 1. From the viewpoint that the generation of development residue can be further reduced with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferably 00 to 25.00% by mass, more preferably 1.00 to 20.0% by mass, still more preferably 10.00 to 15.00% by mass.
  • the mass ratio of the content of the first block isocyanate compound to the content of the second block isocyanate compound is preferably 0.10 to 9.00, more preferably 0.18 to 2.35, still more preferably 0.18 to 1.00, from the viewpoint of bending resistance and reduction of moisture permeability.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1.00 to 50.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is 10.00. It is more preferably from 30.00% by mass, still more preferably from 10.00 to 20.00% by mass.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs [0017] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs [0060] to [0071] of JP-A-2009-237362, and the contents thereof include. Incorporated herein.
  • the surfactant include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant, and a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable, and a fluorine-based surfactant is preferable. More preferred.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F -558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP. MFS-330, EXP. MFS-578, EXP. MFS-578-2, EXP. MFS-579, EXP. MFS-586, EXP.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC (The Chemical Daily, February 22, 2016, Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016, for example, Megafuck DS-21). Be done.
  • fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used.
  • the fluorine surfactant is derived from a substitute material for a compound having a perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability. It is preferably a surfactant.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer having an organic group introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
  • Commercially available silicone-based surfactants include DOWNIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, and Torre Silicone SH8400.
  • Nonionic surfactants include, for example, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.); polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, poly. Examples thereof include oxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester.
  • nonionic surfactants include Pluronic® L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (all manufactured by BASF); Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, and 150R1 (above, manufactured by BASF); Solspers 20000 (above, manufactured by Japan Lubrizol); NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 (above, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.); Pionin D-6112, Examples thereof include D-6112-W, D-6315 (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Orfin E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, and 440 (all manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industries, Ltd.).
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 9.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.10 to 0.80% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a phosphoric acid ester compound.
  • the light ester series (light ester P-2M (trade name)) manufactured by the company can be mentioned.
  • the phosphoric acid ester compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the phosphoric acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.05 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 0.2 to 1.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content of the phosphoric acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but the total mass of the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound is 100 mass in terms of further improving the adhesion to the transferred material. It is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 3 parts by mass or less.
  • the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor means a compound having a function of delaying or prohibiting a polymerization reaction.
  • a known compound used as a polymerization inhibitor can be used.
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include phenothiazine compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, and 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine; bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-.
  • Methylphenyl) propionic acid [ethylene bis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-) Hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris (4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, and hindered phenol compounds such as pentaerythritol tetrakis 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate; 4 -Nitroso compounds such as nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine or salts thereof;
  • quinone compounds such as 4-benzoquinone; phenolic compounds such as 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, and t-butylcatechol; copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, And a metal salt compound such as manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate can be mentioned.
  • the polymerization inhibitor at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenothiazine compound, a nitroso compound or a salt thereof, and a hindered phenol compound is preferable, and phenothiazine and bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-) are preferable.
  • 4-Hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylenebis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-) t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt are more preferred.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably 0.00% by mass, further preferably 0.01 to 3.00% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.01 to 1.00% by mass.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
  • the hydrogen donating compound has an action of further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light rays and suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
  • Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
  • Examples of amines include M.I. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", Vol. 10, pp. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205. Examples thereof include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-0843305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, and Research Disclosure No. 33825.
  • 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane (also known as leucocrystal violet), triethanolamine, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-formyl.
  • examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
  • amino acid compound examples include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
  • N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • Examples of the hydrogen donor compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042965, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-0344414, and JP-A-6. Sulfur compounds (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 can also be mentioned.
  • organometallic compound tributyltin acetate, etc.
  • Sulfur compounds Trithian and the like
  • the hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrogen donating compound is the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer.
  • 0.01 to 10.00% by mass is preferable, 0.03 to 8.00% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5.00% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment.
  • the liquid crystal display window of an electronic device may have a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the peripheral edge of the back surface of a transparent glass substrate or the like to protect the liquid crystal display window. be.
  • a colored resin layer can be used to form such a light-shielding layer.
  • the pigment may be appropriately selected according to the desired hue, and can be selected from black pigments, white pigments, and chromatic pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black pattern, a black pigment is preferably selected as the pigment.
  • the black pigment a known black pigment (organic pigment, inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the black pigment for example, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, graphite and the like are preferably mentioned from the viewpoint of optical density, and carbon black is particularly preferable.
  • carbon black from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black having at least a part of the surface coated with a resin is preferable.
  • the particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 0.08 ⁇ m in terms of number average particle size.
  • the particle size refers to the diameter of the circle when the area of the pigment particles is obtained from the photographic image of the pigment particles taken with an electronic microscope and the circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particles is considered, and the number average particle size. Is an average value obtained by obtaining the above particle size for any 100 particles and averaging the obtained 100 particle sizes.
  • the white pigment described in paragraphs [0015] and [0114] of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment.
  • the white pigments as the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or barium sulfate is preferable, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferable. Titanium oxide is preferable, and titanium oxide is more preferable.
  • rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable.
  • the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or an organic substance, or may be subjected to two or more treatments.
  • the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, fading and the like are improved.
  • at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable as the surface treatment of the surface of titanium oxide, and both alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer
  • the photosensitive composition layer further contains a chromatic pigment other than the black pigment and the white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability.
  • a chromatic pigment is contained, the particle size of the chromatic pigment is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.08 ⁇ m or less, in that the dispersibility is more excellent.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0.001 ⁇ m or more is preferable.
  • chromatic pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (hereinafter CI) 42595), Auramine (CI41000), Fat Black HB (CI26150), and Monolite.
  • the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and 40% by mass or less, preferably more than 3% by mass and 35% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. More preferably, it is more preferably more than 5% by mass and 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10 to 35% by mass.
  • the content of the pigment other than the black pigment is preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the black pigment, and is preferably 1 to 20.
  • the mass% is more preferable, and 3 to 15% by mass is further preferable.
  • the black pigment (preferably carbon black) is photosensitive in the form of a pigment dispersion. It is preferably introduced into the resin composition.
  • the dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by previously mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser.
  • the pigment dispersant may be selected depending on the pigment and the solvent, and for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used.
  • the vehicle refers to a portion of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed when the pigment is dispersed, and is a liquid, a binder component that holds the black pigment in a dispersed state, and a solvent component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. (Organic solvent) and included.
  • the disperser is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known dispersers such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mill. Further, it may be finely pulverized by mechanical grinding using frictional force.
  • disperser and fine pulverization the description of "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (Kunizo Asakura, First Edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, 438, 310) can be referred to.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain residual monomers of each structural unit of the binder polymer described above.
  • the content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. More preferred.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mass ppm or more, more preferably 10 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the binder polymer.
  • the residual monomer of each structural unit of the binder polymer is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the amount of residual monomer of the monomer when synthesizing the binder polymer by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range.
  • the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
  • the amount of the residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned components (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”).
  • Other components include, for example, sensitizers, dyes, antioxidants, particles (eg, metal oxide particles).
  • sensitizers for example, sensitizers, dyes, antioxidants, particles (eg, metal oxide particles).
  • particles eg, metal oxide particles.
  • other additives described in paragraphs [0058] to [0071] of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
  • the sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used.
  • the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example,). 1,2,4-triazole), stylben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridin compounds.
  • metal oxide particles are preferable.
  • the metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 3 to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
  • the photosensitive composition layer When the photosensitive composition layer contains particles, it may contain only one kind of metal type and particles having different sizes, etc., or may contain two or more kinds of particles.
  • the photosensitive composition layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive composition layer contains particles, the content of the particles exceeds 0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. Whether it is preferably 35% by mass or less and contains no particles, or the content of the particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is free of particles.
  • the content of the particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and the particles are not contained or the content of the particles is the photosensitive composition. It is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the material layer, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain a dye.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used, and examples thereof include leuco compounds.
  • the antioxidant examples include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-.
  • 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
  • 3-pyrazolidones are preferable, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferable, and 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the photosensitive composition layer may contain impurities.
  • impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and ions thereof.
  • halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed as impurities, so the following content is preferable.
  • the content of impurities in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, still more preferably 2% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 mass ppb or more, more preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • a raw material having a low impurity content is selected as a raw material contained in the photosensitive composition layer, and prevention of contamination of impurities during formation of the photosensitive composition layer, and cleaning. And remove it.
  • the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
  • Impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography.
  • ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma
  • the content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive composition layer is Less is preferable.
  • These compounds are preferably 100 mass ppm or less, more preferably 20 mass ppm or less, still more preferably 4 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 mass ppb or more, more preferably 100 mass ppb or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the content of these compounds can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Further, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
  • the water content in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, preferably 0.05, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminateability. ⁇ 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the transfer film may have a refractive index adjusting layer arranged on the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the transfer film preferably has a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer, and a refractive index adjusting layer in this order.
  • the transfer film further has a protective film described later, it is preferable to have a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer, a refractive index adjusting layer, and a protective film described later in this order.
  • the refractive index adjusting layer As the refractive index adjusting layer, a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied. Examples of the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include a binder and particles.
  • binder examples include a binder polymer contained in the photosensitive composition layer and a polymer containing a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure.
  • the particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), niobium oxide particles (Nb 2 O 5 particles), titanium oxide particles (TiO 2 particles), and silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles).
  • the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains a metal oxidation inhibitor.
  • a metal oxidation inhibitor for example, a compound having an aromatic ring containing a nitrogen atom in the molecule is preferable.
  • the metal oxidation inhibitor include imidazole, benzimidazole, tetrazole, mercaptothiadiazole, and benzotriazole.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.60 or more, more preferably 1.63 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2.10 or less, and more preferably 1.85 or less.
  • the thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 110 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 20 nm or more, and more preferably 50 nm or more.
  • the thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
  • the transfer film may have other layers in addition to the temporary support, the photosensitive composition layer, the refractive index adjusting layer, and the protective film described above.
  • the other layer include a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and an antistatic layer.
  • thermoplastic resin layer The thermoplastic resin layer is usually arranged between the temporary support and the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the transfer film When the transfer film is provided with the thermoplastic resin layer, the followability to the substrate in the bonding process between the transfer film and the substrate is improved, and the mixing of air bubbles between the substrate and the transfer film can be suppressed. As a result, the adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer (for example, a temporary support) can be ensured.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains resin.
  • the resin contains a thermoplastic resin in part or in whole. That is, in one embodiment, it is also preferable that the resin of the thermoplastic resin layer is a thermoplastic resin.
  • the thermoplastic resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin.
  • an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
  • the acrylic resin is at least selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having one kind of structural unit.
  • the acrylic resin the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the mass.
  • the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, preferably 50 to 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. 100% by mass is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
  • an alkali-soluble resin which is a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more
  • paragraph [0033] of JP-A-2010-237589 Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in [0052], and acids among the binder polymers described in paragraphs [0053] to [0068] of JP2016-224162A.
  • Examples thereof include a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having a value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 12 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. Is more preferable.
  • an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group.
  • the reactive group may be any addition-polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group; a polycondensable group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group; a polyaddition reactive group such as an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group may be used. Can be mentioned.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 to 99% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the adjacent layer. 40 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 50 to 75% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the intermediate layer 5 is present between the thermoplastic resin layer 3 and the photosensitive composition layer 7, so that the thermoplastic resin layer 3 and the photosensitive composition layer 7 are formed and coated. It is possible to suppress the mixing of components that may occur during storage after formation.
  • a water-soluble resin layer containing a water-soluble resin can be used.
  • an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-07724, can also be used.
  • the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and the productivity is improved, which is preferable.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from the known layers described in the above publications and the like. Of these, an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.) is preferable.
  • the water-soluble resin layer contains a resin.
  • the resin contains a water-soluble resin in part or in whole.
  • the resin that can be used as the water-soluble resin include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their co-weight. Examples include resins such as coalescing.
  • a (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound copolymer or the like can also be used as the water-soluble resin.
  • the copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / allyl (meth) acrylic acid is preferable, and a copolymer of methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate is more preferable.
  • the water-soluble resin is a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound
  • the composition ratio (mol%) is preferably 90/10 to 20/80, preferably 80/20 to 30/70. More preferred.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more.
  • the upper limit thereof is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
  • the resin in the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is arranged on one surface side of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) in order to further improve the ability to suppress interlayer mixing of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer). It is preferable that the resin is different from the resin contained in the layer to be formed and the resin contained in the layer arranged on the other surface side.
  • the resin of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) 15 is a resin. It is preferable that the resin is different from the polymer A and the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin).
  • the water-soluble resin preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and more preferably contains both polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, in terms of further improving the oxygen blocking property and the ability to suppress interlayer mixing.
  • the water-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) in terms of further improving the oxygen blocking property and the ability to suppress interlayer mixing. , 70% by mass or more is more preferable, 80% by mass or more is further preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% by mass or less, and more preferably 99.8% by mass or less.
  • the layer thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is within the above range, the oxygen blocking property is not lowered and the ability to suppress interlaminar mixing is excellent. Further, it is possible to suppress an increase in the time for removing the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) during development.
  • the transfer film Since the transfer film has an antistatic layer, it is possible to suppress the generation of static electricity when peeling off the film or the like arranged on the antistatic layer, and also suppress the generation of static electricity due to rubbing against equipment or other films or the like. Therefore, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a defect in an electronic device.
  • the antistatic layer is preferably placed between the temporary support and the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the antistatic layer is a layer having antistatic properties and contains at least an antistatic agent.
  • the antistatic agent is not particularly limited, and a known antistatic agent can be applied.
  • the method for producing the temporary support is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
  • the temporary support may be manufactured by a manufacturing method having an extrusion molding step and a coating step, or a manufacturing method having a coextrusion molding step. Further, it is preferable to have a biaxial stretching step in addition to the above steps.
  • the extrusion molding method include a method of molding a raw material resin into a desired shape by extruding the raw material resin using an extruder.
  • Examples of the coextrusion forming step include a method of molding a plurality of raw material resins into a shape having a multilayer structure by extruding a plurality of raw material resins using an extruder.
  • the biaxial stretching step may be simultaneous biaxial stretching in which longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching are performed at the same time, or sequential biaxial stretching in which longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching are performed in two stages or in multiple stages of two or more stages.
  • the forms of sequential biaxial stretching include, for example, [in order of longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching], [in order of longitudinal stretching, transverse stretching and longitudinal stretching], [in order of longitudinal stretching, longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching], and [ The form of lateral stretching and longitudinal stretching] can be mentioned. Above all, it is preferable to carry out in the order of longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching.
  • the method for manufacturing the temporary support includes a step of forming an unstretched temporary support main body by melt-extruding polyester (hereinafter, also referred to as “extrusion molding step”), a coating step, and a lengthening of the temporary support main body.
  • a step of stretching in the direction hereinafter, also referred to as “longitudinal stretching step”
  • a step of stretching the temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction in the width direction hereinafter, also referred to as “transverse stretching step”. It is preferable to have.
  • the method for manufacturing the temporary support is a step of forming an unstretched temporary support by simultaneously melt-extruding the raw material resins of the first layer, the second layer, and the temporary support body (hereinafter, “coextrusion molding”).
  • a step of stretching the temporary support in the longitudinal direction hereinafter, also referred to as a “longitudinal stretching step”
  • a step of stretching the temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction in the width direction also referred to as a “step”.
  • the raw material resin for example, polyester
  • the raw material resin is melt-extruded to form an unstretched temporary support body.
  • melt extrusion method examples include a method using an extruder.
  • a raw material resin for example, polyester
  • an extruder equipped with one or two or more screws and the screw is rotated to melt and knead. Will be done.
  • Polyester is melted in an extruder by heating and kneading with a screw to form a melt.
  • the melt is extruded from an extrusion die (hereinafter, also referred to as "die") through a gear pump, a filter, or the like (JIS B8650: 2006, a, extrusion molding machine, No. 134).
  • the melt may be extruded in a single layer or in multiple layers.
  • the extruder In melt extrusion, it is preferable to replace the inside of the extruder with nitrogen from the viewpoint of suppressing thermal decomposition (for example, hydrolysis of polyester) in the extruder. Further, the extruder is preferably a twin-screw extruder in that the kneading temperature can be kept low.
  • the melt extruded from the extrusion die is cooled to form a film.
  • the melt can be formed into a film by bringing the melt into contact with a casting roll and cooling and solidifying the melt on the casting roll. In cooling the melt, it is more preferable to blow air (preferably cold air) on the melt.
  • the temperature of the casting roll is preferably more than ⁇ 10 ° C. + 30 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 7 to + 20 ° C., and even more preferably ⁇ 5 + 10 ° C. with respect to the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester.
  • the method for improving the adhesion include an electrostatic application method, an air knife method, an air chamber method, a vacuum nozzle method, and a touch roll method.
  • the temporary support body cooled by using a casting roll or the like is stripped from the cooling member such as a casting roll by using a stripping member such as a stripping roll.
  • the coating step is a step of forming the first layer or the second layer.
  • the coating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
  • the coating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
  • the reverse roll coat method, the gravure coat method, the kiss coat method, the die coater method, the roll brush method, the spray coat method, the air knife coat method, the wire bar coat method, the pipe doctor method, the impregnation coat method, and the curtain coat method can be mentioned. Be done. Moreover, you may use these methods alone or in combination.
  • the solvent include water and organic solvents.
  • the coating step may be provided before and after any step in the manufacturing step of the temporary support. Specifically, it may be provided after the extrusion molding step or after the biaxial stretching step. Further, it may be performed once or a plurality of times. Among them, it is preferable to provide the coating liquid after the biaxial stretching step, and it is more preferable to apply the coating liquid for forming the first layer or the second layer on the temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction, and then laterally stretch the coating liquid.
  • the coextrusion molding step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
  • Examples of the coextrusion molding step include the methods described in JP-A-2019-65271, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the biaxial stretching step is not particularly limited, and a known method can be mentioned.
  • the biaxial stretching step preferably includes a longitudinal stretching step and a transverse stretching step.
  • the longitudinal stretching step it is preferable to stretch the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the main body of the unstretched temporary support) in the longitudinal direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “longitudinal stretching”).
  • the longitudinal stretching step it is preferable to preheat the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body) before the longitudinal stretching.
  • the unstretched film for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body.
  • the preheating temperature is preferably ⁇ 10 to + 60 ° C., more preferably 0 to + 50 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body). .. Specifically, the preheating temperature is preferably 60 to 100 ° C, more preferably 65 to 80 ° C.
  • the longitudinal stretching is performed, for example, by applying tension between two or more pairs of nip rolls installed in the transport direction while transporting the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body) in the longitudinal direction. It can be carried out. For example, when a pair of nip rolls A and a pair of nip rolls B are installed on the upstream side in the transport direction, the rotation speed of the nip rolls B is set to the rotation speed of the nip roll A when the unstretched polyester film is transported. By increasing the speed, the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body) is stretched in the longitudinal direction.
  • the unstretched film for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body
  • the draw ratio in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably smaller than the stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step described later.
  • the stretching ratio in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 2.0 to 5.0 times, more preferably 2.5 to 4.0 times, and further preferably 2.8 to 4.0 times. preferable.
  • the heating temperature in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably ⁇ 20 to + 50 ° C., preferably ⁇ 10 to + 40 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body). It is more preferable that the temperature is 0 to + 30 ° C. Specifically, the heating temperature in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 70 to 120 ° C, more preferably 80 to 110 ° C, and even more preferably 85 to 100 ° C.
  • a nip roll or the like in contact with the unstretched film for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body
  • a method of heating the roll of the film is mentioned. Examples of the method for heating the roll include a method of providing a heater or a pipe through which a hot solvent can flow inside the roll.
  • a method of applying warm air to an unstretched film for example, an unstretched temporary support and an unstretched temporary support body
  • a method of contacting with a heat source such as a heater, and passing in the vicinity of the heat source.
  • This includes a method of heating an unstretched film (for example, an unstretched temporary support and an unstretched temporary support body).
  • the stretching speed in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 800 to 1500% / sec, more preferably 1000 to 1400% / sec, and even more preferably 1200 to 1400% / sec.
  • the "stretching speed" is a value expressed as a percentage by dividing the length ⁇ d stretched for 1 second from the length d 0 before stretching by the length d 0 before stretching.
  • the film stretched in the longitudinal direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction) is stretched in the width direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “lateral stretching”).
  • the transverse stretching step it is preferable to preheat the film stretched in the longitudinal direction (for example, the temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction and the temporary support body stretched in the longitudinal direction) before the transverse stretching.
  • the film stretched in the longitudinal direction for example, the temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction and the temporary support body stretched in the longitudinal direction
  • the film can be easily stretched laterally.
  • the preheating temperature is preferably ⁇ 10 to + 60 ° C., more preferably 0 to + 50 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body). .. Specifically, the preheating temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C, more preferably 90 to 110 ° C.
  • the draw ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably larger than the draw ratio in the longitudinal stretching step.
  • the stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably 3.0 to 6.0 times, more preferably 3.5 to 5.0 times, and further preferably 3.5 to 4.5 times. preferable.
  • the area magnification represented by the product of the stretching ratio in the longitudinal stretching step and the stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably 12.8 to 15.5 times, and preferably 13.5 to 15.2 times. Is more preferable, and 14.0 to 15.0 times is further preferable.
  • the area magnification is 12.8 times or more, the molecular orientation in the film width direction becomes good. Further, when the area magnification is 15.5 times or less, it is easy to maintain a state in which the molecular orientation is difficult to be relaxed when subjected to heat treatment.
  • the heating temperature in the transverse stretching step is preferably ⁇ 10 to + 80 ° C., preferably 0 to + 70 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body). More preferably, it is more preferably 0 to + 60 ° C. Specifically, the heating temperature in the transverse stretching step is preferably 100 to 140 ° C, more preferably 110 to 135 ° C, and even more preferably 115 to 130 ° C.
  • the stretching speed in the transverse stretching step is preferably 10 to 100% / sec, more preferably 10 to 70% / sec, and even more preferably 20 to 60% / sec.
  • a step of heat-treating a film stretched in the width direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the width direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) (hereinafter, “heating”). It is preferable to have a "treatment step").
  • the heat treatment step include a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step.
  • the heat treatment step preferably includes at least one of a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step, and more preferably has a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step.
  • the film stretched in the width direction (for example, the temporary support stretched in the width direction and the temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) is heat-fixed by heating. Since the raw material resin can be crystallized by heat fixing, shrinkage of the film can be suppressed.
  • the heating temperature in the heat fixing step is preferably 190 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C, and even more preferably 210 to 230 ° C.
  • the variation in the maximum ultimate film surface temperature in the film width direction is preferably 0.5 to 10.0 ° C, more preferably 0.5 to 7.0 ° C, and 0.5. It is more preferably to 5.0 ° C, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 4.0 ° C.
  • Examples of the heating method include a method of applying hot air to the film and a method of radiant heating of the film.
  • Examples of the device used in the method of radiant heating include an infrared heater.
  • the heating time in the heat fixing step is preferably 5 to 50 seconds, more preferably 5 to 30 seconds, and even more preferably 5 to 10 seconds.
  • Heat relaxation process In the heat relaxation step, heat is relaxed by heating the film stretched in the width direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the width direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the width direction). By thermal relaxation, the residual strain of the film (for example, the temporary support stretched in the width direction and the temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) can be relaxed.
  • the heating temperature in the heat relaxation step is preferably 5 ° C. or higher, more preferably 15 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably 25 ° C. or higher lower than the heating temperature in the heat fixing step. It is particularly preferable that the temperature is as low as 30 ° C. or higher.
  • the lower limit of the heating temperature in the heat relaxation step is preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably 120 ° C. or higher.
  • Examples of the heating method include a method of applying hot air to the film and a method of radiant heating of the film.
  • Examples of the device used in the method of radiant heating include an infrared heater.
  • the method for manufacturing a temporary support includes a step of cooling the heat-treated film (for example, a heat-treated temporary support and a heat-treated temporary support main body) (hereinafter, also referred to as a “cooling step”). Is preferable.
  • Examples of the cooling method include a method of blowing air (preferably cold air) on the film and a method of bringing the film into contact with a temperature-adjustable member (for example, a temperature control roll).
  • a temperature-adjustable member for example, a temperature control roll
  • the average cooling rate in the cooling step is preferably 500 to 4000 ° C./min, more preferably 1000 to 3500 ° C./min, and even more preferably 1500 to 3000 ° C./min.
  • the average cooling rate is determined using a non-contact thermometer (for example, a radiation thermometer). For example, from the distance Z between the point where the surface temperature of the film (for example, the temporary support and the temporary support body) becomes 150 ° C. and the point where the film surface temperature becomes 70 ° C., and the film transport speed S, 150 ° C. The cooling time (Z / S) from to 70 ° C. is determined. Next, the average cooling rate is obtained by calculating (150-70) / (Z / S).
  • the method for producing the transfer film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent productivity, a method of applying a photosensitive composition on a temporary support and subjecting it to a drying treatment as necessary to form a photosensitive composition layer is preferable. Hereinafter, the above method will be described in detail.
  • Examples of the method for applying the photosensitive composition include a printing method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a bar coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method (that is, a slit coating method).
  • drying means removing at least a portion of the solvent contained in the photosensitive composition.
  • the transfer film has a refractive index adjusting layer on the photosensitive composition layer
  • the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is applied on the photosensitive composition layer and dried as necessary to refract.
  • a rate adjustment layer can be formed.
  • the transfer film can be manufactured by adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the method of adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the device for adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer include known laminators such as a vacuum laminator and an auto-cut laminator. It is preferable that the laminator is provided with an arbitrary heatable roller such as a rubber roller and can be pressurized and heated.
  • the photosensitive composition layer can be transferred to the transferred object.
  • the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, and the surface opposite to the temporary support is brought into contact with the substrate having the conductive portion and bonded to the conductive portion, the photosensitive composition layer, and the temporary support.
  • An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer and It comprises a developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
  • a method for producing a laminated body comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. Is preferable.
  • the procedure of the above process will be described in detail.
  • the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, and the surface of the transfer film on the opposite side of the temporary support is brought into contact with a substrate having a conductive portion and bonded to the conductive layer, the photosensitive composition layer, and the like. Further, it is a step of obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a temporary support in this order.
  • the method for peeling the protective film from the transfer film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • the surface opposite to the temporary support of the transfer film is preferably a refractive index adjusting layer when the transfer film has a refractive index adjusting layer, and is photosensitive when the transfer film does not have the refractive index adjusting layer. It is preferably a sex composition layer. That is, in the bonding step, the refractive index adjusting layer of the transfer film may be brought into contact with the transferred body to be bonded, or the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film may be brought into contact with the transferred body to be bonded. preferable. The exposed photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support of the transfer film is brought into contact with the conductive layer and bonded.
  • the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support are arranged on the conductive layer.
  • the conductive layer and the surface of the photosensitive composition layer are pressure-bonded so as to be in contact with each other.
  • the crimping method is not particularly limited, and known transfer methods and laminating methods can be used. Above all, it is preferable to superimpose the surface of the photosensitive composition layer on a substrate having a conductive portion, pressurize and heat it with a roll or the like.
  • a known laminator such as a vacuum laminator and an auto-cut laminator can be used for bonding.
  • the substrate having a conductive layer has a conductive layer on the substrate, and any layer may be formed if necessary. That is, the substrate having the conductive layer is a conductive substrate having at least a substrate and a conductive layer arranged on the substrate.
  • the substrate examples include a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate. Preferred embodiments of the substrate are described, for example, in paragraph [0140] of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the conductive layer is at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property. It is preferable to have it. Further, only one conductive layer may be arranged on the substrate, or two or more layers may be arranged. When two or more conductive layers are arranged, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials. Preferred embodiments of the conductive layer are described, for example, in paragraph [0141] of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
  • the transparent electrode may function suitably as a touch panel electrode.
  • the transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as silver nanowire.
  • the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
  • Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
  • the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements.
  • copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is more preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
  • the electrode protective film for a touch panel formed by using the photosensitive composition layer in the transfer film of the present invention has an electrode or the like for the purpose of protecting the electrode or the like (that is, at least one of the electrode for the touch panel and the wiring for the touch panel). It is preferably provided so as to cover it directly or via another layer.
  • the exposure step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer.
  • the "pattern exposure” refers to an exposure in a form of exposure in a pattern, that is, a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion are present.
  • the detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited.
  • the pattern formed by the development step described later preferably includes thin lines having a width of 500 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably contains thin lines having a width of 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • any light source in a wavelength range capable of curing the photosensitive composition layer (for example, a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm) can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the main wavelength of the exposure light for pattern exposure is preferably a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the main wavelength is the wavelength having the highest intensity.
  • Examples of the light source include various lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps.
  • the exposure amount is preferably 5 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the peeling step is a step of peeling the temporary support from the substrate with the photosensitive composition layer between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the development step described later.
  • the peeling method is not particularly limited, and a mechanism similar to the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs [0161] to [0162] of JP2010-072589 can be used.
  • the developing step is a step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
  • the development of the photosensitive composition layer can be performed using a developing solution.
  • An alkaline aqueous solution is preferable as the developing solution.
  • the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and tetrapropylammonium hydroxide. Do, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the development method include paddle development, shower development, spin development, and dip development.
  • the developer preferably used includes, for example, the developer described in paragraph [0194] of International Publication No. 2015/093271, and examples of the developing method preferably used include International Publication No. 1.
  • the development method described in paragraph [0195] of 2015/093271 can be mentioned.
  • the method for producing the laminate may include a step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step (post-exposure step) and / or a step of heating (post-baking step).
  • post-exposure step a step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step
  • post-baking step a step of heating
  • the transfer film can also be used in a method for manufacturing circuit wiring.
  • the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known manufacturing methods.
  • the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is attached to the substrate having the conductive layer, and the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive composition layer, and the photosensitive composition have the temporary support in this order.
  • the bonding process to obtain a substrate with a sex composition layer An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer, and A developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern, An etching process that etches the conductive layer in the area where the pattern is not arranged,
  • a method for producing a laminated body comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. Is preferable.
  • the bonding step, the exposure step, the developing step, and the peeling step are synonymous with each step of the above-mentioned ⁇ manufacturing method of laminated body>, and the preferable range is also the same.
  • the etching step is a step (etching step) of etching the conductive layer in the region where the pattern obtained in the developing step is not arranged. That is, the etching step is to use the pattern formed from the photosensitive composition layer as an etching resist and perform the etching treatment of the conductive layer.
  • etching step a known method can be applied. For example, the method described in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of JP-A-2017-120435, paragraphs [0048] to [0054] of JP-A-2010-152155. ], A wet etching method of immersing in an etching solution, and a dry etching method by plasma etching can be mentioned.
  • an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
  • the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, as well as an acidic component, ferric chloride, and fluoride. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from ammonium and potassium permanganate.
  • the acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
  • the alkaline etching solution examples include an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component. And a mixed aqueous solution of salt (potassium permanganate, etc.) can be mentioned.
  • the alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring may include a step (removal step) of removing the remaining pattern.
  • the removal step is particularly limited and may be performed before or after each step, preferably after the etching step.
  • the method for removing the remaining pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable. Examples of the method of removing using the removing liquid include a method of immersing the transferred body having the remaining pattern in the removing liquid being stirred for 1 to 30 minutes.
  • the liquid temperature of the removing liquid is preferably 30 to 80 ° C, more preferably 50 to 80 ° C.
  • the removing liquid examples include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof.
  • examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide.
  • examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
  • the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
  • the method for manufacturing the laminate and the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include any step (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps.
  • Other steps include, for example, a step of reducing the visible light reflectance described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089, and a step on the insulating film described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089.
  • a step of forming a new conductive layer can be mentioned. However, it is not limited to these steps.
  • the method for manufacturing the laminate and the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers included in the transferred body.
  • the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment.
  • the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by oxidizing copper to copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
  • paragraphs [0017] to [0025] of JP-A-2014-150118, and paragraphs [0041] to [0042] and paragraphs [0048] of JP-A-2013-206315. ] can be incorporated, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
  • the step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film.
  • an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
  • the step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive composition having conductivity. ..
  • a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surface sides of the substrate it is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surface sides of the substrate, and to form a circuit sequentially or simultaneously with respect to the conductive layers arranged on both surface sides of the substrate.
  • a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the surface of the other substrate. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
  • the laminated body and the circuit wiring manufactured by the manufacturing method of the laminated body and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring can be applied to various devices.
  • Examples of the device provided with the laminate or circuit wiring manufactured by the above manufacturing method include a display device, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor package, and an input device, and a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. ..
  • the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
  • the transfer film may also be used in a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • the method for manufacturing the electronic device the method for manufacturing the electronic device using the transfer film described above is preferable.
  • the method for manufacturing an electronic device includes the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a laminate.
  • the electronic device include an input device and the like, and a touch panel is preferable.
  • the input device can be applied to an organic electroluminescence display device and a display device of a liquid crystal display device.
  • a transferred body for example, a substrate, a conductive layer (a conductive layer possessed by the substrate)
  • a laminated body in which patterns manufactured using the above transfer film are laminated in this order for example, a transferred body (for example, a substrate, a conductive layer (a conductive layer possessed by the substrate)), and a laminated body in which patterns manufactured using the above transfer film are laminated in this order.
  • a method including a step of forming wiring for a touch panel by etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged is also preferable, and the bonding step, the exposure step, and the developing step are performed.
  • a method using a pattern manufactured by a manufacturing method including is more preferable.
  • the touch panel manufacturing method including the step of forming the touch panel wiring the specific embodiment of each step and the embodiment such as the order in which each step is performed are as described in the above-mentioned ⁇ Circuit wiring manufacturing method>. The same applies to the preferred embodiment. Further, the touch panel manufacturing method including the step of forming the touch panel wiring may include any step (other steps) other than those described above. As a method for forming the wiring for the touch panel, for example, the method described in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405 can be mentioned.
  • a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured.
  • the touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
  • Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method, and the capacitance method is preferable.
  • the touch panel includes, for example, an in-cell type (for example, the one shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 of JP-A-2012-51751), an on-cell type (for example, the one described in FIG. 19 of JP-A-2013-168125), and the touch panel.
  • an in-cell type for example, the one shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 of JP-A-2012-51751
  • an on-cell type for example, the one described in FIG. 19 of JP-A-2013-168125
  • the touch panel for example, Of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-089102
  • OGS One Glass Solution
  • TOR Touch-on-Lens type (for example, FIG. 2 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-054727). (For example, those described in FIG.
  • Examples of the touch panel include those described in paragraph [0229] of JP-A-2017-120345.
  • the manufactured electronic device contains a resin pattern as a cured film.
  • the cured film of such a resin pattern can be used as a protective film (permanent film) that covers a part or all of electrodes and the like of an electronic device (touch panel and the like).
  • the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples.
  • the materials, amounts, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples may be appropriately and changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present specification. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
  • “parts” and “%” are based on mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is the weight average molecular weight determined in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Pellets A of polyethylene terephthalate produced by using the titanium compound (citrate chelated titanium complex, VERTEC AC-420, manufactured by Johnson Matthey) described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst were obtained.
  • a master batch A containing 1% by mass of crosslinked polystyrene resin particles (organic particles) was obtained by supplying the particles to a smelting extruder and keeping the vent holes at a reduced pressure of 1 kPa or less to remove water.
  • Pellet A (90 parts by mass) and 10% by mass water slurry (alumina sol, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (10 parts by mass) of alumina particles having an average particle diameter of 30 nm were supplied to a twin-screw kneading extruder to vent holes. was kept at a reduced pressure of 1 kPa or less and water was removed to obtain a master batch B containing 1% by mass of alumina particles.
  • pellet A 70 parts by mass
  • masterbatch A 10 parts by mass
  • masterbatch B 20 parts by mass
  • the pellet A and the mixture X are dried to a water content of 50 ppm or less, they are put into an extruder so that the intermediate layer becomes pellet A, melted at 290 ° C., merged and laminated with a layer merging block, and the X layer (mixture) is formed.
  • An unstretched temporary support having a three-layer structure in the order of X layer) / A layer (layer composed of pellet A) / X layer (layer composed of mixture X) was prepared.
  • the obtained unstretched temporary support was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method.
  • the unstretched temporary support was stretched in the vertical direction (transport direction) by passing it between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds.
  • the longitudinal stretching was carried out at a preheating temperature of 75 ° C., a stretching temperature of 95 ° C., a stretching ratio of 3.4 times, and a stretching speed of 1300% / sec.
  • the obtained temporary support stretched in the vertical direction was stretched in the horizontal direction using a tenter.
  • the longitudinal stretching was carried out at a preheating temperature of 100 ° C., a stretching temperature of 120 ° C., a stretching ratio of 4.2 times, and a stretching speed of 50% / sec to obtain a temporary support Z-1.
  • Temporary supports of each Example and each Comparative Example were prepared by the same procedure as the above-mentioned provisional support Z-1 except that each component was changed according to Tables 2 to 3.
  • Transfer film The transfer film of Example 1 was prepared according to the following procedure. First, the components contained in each transfer film will be described in detail.
  • PGMEA 55.8 parts by mass
  • toluene 55.8 parts by mass
  • PGMEA 6.2 parts by mass
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • the obtained mixed liquid was further added to the flask over 4 hours using a dropping pump while maintaining the liquid temperature at 80 ° C. under stirring. After completion of the addition, the mixture was kept at a temperature of 80 ° C. and reacted for another 6 hours under stirring to obtain a solution containing the binder polymer A.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained binder polymer A was 65,000.
  • ⁇ Binder polymer B> PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was placed in a three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Styrene (52.0 parts by mass), methyl methacrylate (24.0 parts by mass), methacrylic acid (24.0 parts by mass), V while maintaining the liquid temperature in the three-necked flask at 90 ° C ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • a mixed solution of -601 (2,2'-azobis (isobutyric acid) dimethyl, manufactured by Fujifilm (4.0 parts by mass) and PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was placed in a three-necked flask over 2 hours.
  • the mixed solution was stirred for 2 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature at 90 ° C. ⁇ 2 ° C. to obtain a solution containing the binder polymer B (solid content concentration: 30.0% by mass).
  • the acid value of the binder polymer B was 159 mgKOH / g, the weight average molecular weight was 60,000, and the glass transition temperature was 126 ° C.
  • ⁇ Binder polymer C Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (82.4 g) was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which styrene (38.4 g), dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (30.1 g), and methacrylic acid (34.0 g) are dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether (20 g) in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601. A solution prepared by dissolving (5.4 g) of (Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (43.6 g) was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours.
  • V-601 (0.75 g) was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (58.4 g) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (11.7 g). The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and tetraethylammonium bromide (0.53 g) and p-methoxyphenol (0.26 g) were added. Glycidyl methacrylate (NOF Corporation Blemmer GH) (25.5 g) was added dropwise to this over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C.
  • the solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.5% by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.4, and the acid value of the polymer was 94.5 mgKOH / g.
  • the amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
  • the structure of the binder polymer C (the repeating unit in the formula is a molar ratio) is shown below.
  • Photosensitive composition The photosensitive compositions Y-1 to Y-5 were prepared.
  • Photosensitive composition Y-2) -Binder polymer A 63.00 parts by mass in terms of solid content-Pentaerythritol triacrylate (ethylenically unsaturated compound, "A-TMM-3LM-N” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 37.00 parts by mass-bis ( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) Phenylphosphine oxide (polymerization initiator, "Omnirad 819" manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 10.00 parts by mass, polyether-modified silicone (surface active agent (leveling agent)) , Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. "8032 ADDITION”): 0.06 parts by mass ⁇ MEK: Amount at which the solid content concentration of the photosensitive composition Y-2 becomes 30%
  • Binder polymer C 52.67 parts by mass (solid content) -A-NOD-N (1,9-nonandiol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.73 parts by mass-A-DCP (tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ): 17.90 parts by mass, Aronix TO-2349 (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 2.98 parts by mass, DPHA: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) Toshin Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.): 7.9 parts by mass 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1-
  • photosensitive compositions A to C The photosensitive compositions A to C shown in Table 1 below were prepared.
  • the numerical value of each component represents the content (parts by mass) of each component, and the amount of the binder polymer means the amount of the binder polymer solution (solid content concentration 36.3% by mass).
  • the 1-phenyl-3- (4-methoxystyryl) -5- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazoline contained in the photosensitive composition B was synthesized by a method according to the following scheme.
  • Anisaldehyde (20.4 g), acetone (4.4 g), sodium hydroxide (15.0 g), and distilled water (120 mL) were dissolved in ethanol (150 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
  • the obtained solution was filtered, washed with distilled water (500 mL), and then blown to dry at room temperature to obtain a pale yellow solid (18.7 g).
  • the obtained pale yellow solid (9.0 g) and phenylhydrazine (3.3 g) were dissolved in acetic acid (100 mL), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then ice-cooled.
  • Examples 1 to 14, 16 to 28, 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 Using a slit-shaped nozzle, the photosensitive composition Y-1 was adjusted and applied onto the temporary support Z-1 obtained above so that the thickness after drying was 8.8 ⁇ m, and the mixture was applied to 100. After drying at ° C. for 2 minutes, it was further dried at 120 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, a polyethylene terephthalate film (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) having a thickness of 16 ⁇ m was pressure-bonded onto the photosensitive composition layer as a protective film to obtain a transfer film of Example 1. Transfer films of Examples 2 to 14, 16 to 28, 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were obtained in the same procedure as in Example 1 except that the thickness of each component and each layer was changed according to Tables 2 to 3.
  • Example 15 On the transfer film of Example 1 obtained above, and further on the photosensitive composition layer, the following composition X-1 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer is adjusted so that the thickness after drying is 73 nm. And dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 minute to form a refractive index adjusting layer directly arranged on the photosensitive composition layer, and a transfer film of Example 15 was obtained.
  • Example 29 On the transfer film of Example 28 obtained above, and further on the photosensitive composition layer, the following composition X-1 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer is adjusted so that the thickness after drying is 73 nm. And dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 minute to form a refractive index adjusting layer directly arranged on the photosensitive composition layer, and the transfer film of Example 29 was obtained.
  • composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer was adjusted using each of the following components.
  • the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is prepared by using a resin having an acid group and an aqueous ammonia solution.
  • the resin having an acid group is neutralized with the aqueous ammonia solution, and the ammonium resin having an acid group is used. It is an aqueous resin composition containing a salt.
  • COP film substrates with a copper layer were produced by forming a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm on a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m by a sputtering method. After laminating each transfer film on the COP film substrate with a copper layer obtained above under the laminating conditions of the pressure-bonding roll temperature: 100 ° C., linear pressure: 0.6 MPa, and linear velocity: 4.0 m / min, 3 I left it for a while.
  • COP cycloolefin polymer
  • An ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used as the light source for the exposure.
  • the exposure amount was adjusted within a range in which the line width of the resin pattern formed by development was 100 ⁇ m.
  • the temporary support was peeled off from the surface of the photosensitive composition layer after exposure, and the photosensitive composition layer was developed. Specifically, shower development was carried out for 45 seconds using a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 33 ° C. to obtain a laminate having a resin pattern.
  • the line widths of 20 points at arbitrary points of the obtained resin pattern were measured.
  • the standard deviation ⁇ and the mean value ⁇ were calculated for the measured line width values at 20 points. Further, the dispersion ⁇ was calculated by the following formula, and the patterning property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A has the best patterning property and E has the worst patterning property. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
  • Dispersion ⁇ 100 ⁇ (standard deviation ⁇ / mean value ⁇ ) (Evaluation criteria) A: Dispersion ⁇ is less than 3% B: Dispersion ⁇ is 3% or more and less than 5% C: Dispersion ⁇ is 5% or more and less than 8% D: Dispersion ⁇ is 8% or more and less than 10% E: Dispersion ⁇ is 10% or more
  • ⁇ Removability> (Removability between the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support) After peeling off the protective film from each of the transfer films obtained above, the photosensitive composition layer was laminated on the copper plate.
  • the laminating conditions were a lamirol temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 3 N / cm, and a transport speed of 4 m / min. Then, after the temporary support was peeled vertically upward at a speed of 0.01 m / min, the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the copper plate was visually confirmed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A has the best peelability and E has the worst. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
  • Remaining area (%) on the copper plate of the photosensitive composition layer 100 ⁇ (Area of the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the copper plate after peeling / Area of the photosensitive composition layer on the copper plate before peeling) (Evaluation criteria)
  • the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the temporary support was visually confirmed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • A has the best peelability and E has the worst. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
  • Remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support (%) 100 ⁇ (Area of the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the temporary support after peeling / Photosensitive composition on the temporary support before peeling) Layer area) (Evaluation criteria) A: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 100%.
  • the remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 99% or more and less than 100%
  • C The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 95% or more and less than 99%
  • D Photosensitive The remaining area of the composition layer on the temporary support is 90% or more and less than 95%.
  • E The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is less than 90%.
  • each description shows the following.
  • the column “Photosensitive composition layer / temporary support” indicates the peelability between the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support.
  • the column “Photosensitive composition layer / protective film” indicates the peelability between the photosensitive composition layer and the protective film.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a transfer film which has excellent patterning properties, while having excellent releasability; a method for producing a multilayer body; and a method for producing a circuit wiring line. A transfer film according to the present invention sequentially comprises a provisional support, a photosensitive composition layer that is arranged on the provisional support, and a protective film in this order; the provisional support comprises a provisional support main body, a first layer that is arranged on one surface of the provisional support main body, and a second layer that is arranged on the other surface of the provisional support main body; among the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side; the first layer contains first organic particles that have an average particle diameter of from 100 nm to 1,000 nm, and first inorganic particles that have an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less; the surface of the first layer, said surface being in contact with the photosensitive composition layer, has a kurtosis Rku of from 2.0 to 100; and the second layer contains second inorganic particles that have an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less, or alternatively does not contain inorganic particles.

Description

転写フィルム、積層体の製造方法、回路配線の製造方法Manufacturing method of transfer film, laminate, manufacturing method of circuit wiring
 本発明は、転写フィルム、積層体の製造方法、及び回路配線の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a transfer film, a laminate, and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring.
 所定のパターンを得るための工程数が少ないことから、転写フィルムを用いて基板等の被転写体上に感光性組成物層を配置して、この感光性組成物層に対して、マスクを介して露光した後に現像する方法が広く使用されている。 Since the number of steps for obtaining a predetermined pattern is small, a photosensitive composition layer is arranged on a transfer target such as a substrate using a transfer film, and the photosensitive composition layer is subjected to a mask. A method of developing after exposure is widely used.
 例えば、特許文献1では、積層ポリエステルフィルムのレジスト層側とは反対側の表面に、所定の粒子を含む極細線フォトレジスト用ポリエステルフィルムが開示されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a polyester film for ultrafine wire photoresist containing predetermined particles on the surface of the laminated polyester film opposite to the resist layer side.
特開2006-327158号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-327158
 近年、転写フィルムを用いる場合に、パターニング性に優れることが求められている。具体的には、転写フィルムの感光性組成物層を露光及び現像して、得られるパターンの線幅のばらつきが小さいことが求められている。以下、本明細書において、パターンの線幅のばらつきが小さいことを、パターニング性に優れるともいう。 In recent years, when a transfer film is used, it is required to have excellent patterning property. Specifically, it is required that the line width variation of the pattern obtained by exposing and developing the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film is small. Hereinafter, in the present specification, the fact that the variation in the line width of the pattern is small is also referred to as excellent in patterning property.
 また、転写フィルムの剥離性が優れることも求められている。具体的に、まず、転写フィルムを使用する際には、保護フィルムを剥離する。その保護フィルムの剥離の際に、保護フィルムの表面上に感光性組成物層が残存しにくいことが求められている。また、転写フィルムの感光性組成物層を被転写体に貼り合わせた後に、仮支持体を剥離する。その仮支持体の剥離の際に、仮支持体の表面上に感光性組成物層が残存しにくいことも求められている。つまり、保護フィルムの剥離の際、及び、仮支持体の剥離の際に、仮支持体の表面上、及び、保護フィルムの表面上に感光性組成物層が残存しにくいことが求められている。以下、本明細書において、剥離した際に、仮支持体及び保護フィルムの表面上に感光性組成物層が残存しにくく、剥離できることを剥離性に優れるともいう。 It is also required that the transfer film has excellent peelability. Specifically, first, when using the transfer film, the protective film is peeled off. When the protective film is peeled off, it is required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the protective film. Further, after the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film is attached to the transferred object, the temporary support is peeled off. It is also required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the temporary support when the temporary support is peeled off. That is, it is required that the photosensitive composition layer does not easily remain on the surface of the temporary support and on the surface of the protective film when the protective film is peeled off and when the temporary support is peeled off. .. Hereinafter, in the present specification, when the photosensitive composition layer is peeled off, it is difficult for the photosensitive composition layer to remain on the surfaces of the temporary support and the protective film, and the fact that the photosensitive composition layer can be peeled off is also referred to as excellent peelability.
 本発明者は、特許文献1等の従来の仮支持体を有する転写フィルムの特性について検討したところ、転写フィルムのパターニング性及び剥離性を両立できないことを知見した。 The present inventor examined the characteristics of the transfer film having the conventional temporary support such as Patent Document 1, and found that the patterning property and the peelability of the transfer film could not be compatible with each other.
 そこで、本発明は、パターニング性に優れ、剥離性にも優れる転写フィルムの提供を課題とする。
 また、本発明は、転写フィルムを用いる、積層体の製造方法及び回路配線の製造方法の提供も課題とする。
Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide a transfer film having excellent patterning property and excellent peelability.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a laminated body and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a transfer film.
 本発明者らは、上記課題について鋭意検討した結果、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 As a result of diligent studies on the above problems, the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
 〔1〕 仮支持体と、仮支持体上に配置された感光性組成物層と、保護フィルムとをこの順で有する転写フィルムであって、
 仮支持体が、仮支持体本体と、仮支持体本体の一方の表面上に配置された第1層と、仮支持体本体の他方の表面上に配置された第2層とを有し、
 第1層及び第2層のうち、第1層が感光性組成物層側に配置され、
 第1層が、平均粒子径100~1000nmの第1有機粒子と、平均粒子径70nm以下の第1無機粒子とを含み、第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面のクルトシスRkuが、2.0~100であり、
 第2層が、平均粒子径70nm以下の第2無機粒子を含むか、又は、無機粒子を含まない、転写フィルム。
 〔2〕 第1有機粒子が、ポリスチレン樹脂粒子を含む、〔1〕に記載の転写フィルム。
 〔3〕 第1有機粒子の平均粒子径が、350~800nmである、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の転写フィルム。
 〔4〕 第1無機粒子及び第2無機粒子の少なくとも一方が、ケイ素原子及びアルミニウム原子からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔5〕 第1無機粒子及び第2無機粒子の少なくとも一方が、酸化アルミニウムを含む、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔6〕 第1無機粒子の平均粒子径及び第2無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔7〕 仮支持体本体の厚みが、6.0~30.0μmであり、
 第1層及び第2層の厚みが、0.8~3.0μmである、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔8〕 第1有機粒子の平均粒子径が、350~800nmであり、
 第1無機粒子が、酸化アルミニウムを含み、
 第1無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔9〕 第2層が、平均粒子径350~800nmの第2有機粒子を含み、
 第2無機粒子が、酸化アルミニウムを含み、
 第2無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔10〕 第1層の表面のクルトシスRkuが、2.5~10である、〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔11〕 第1層の表面のクルトシスRkuが、3.0~5.0であり、第1無機粒子及び第2無機粒子が酸化アルミニウムを含む、〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔12〕 感光性組成物層が、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含む、〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔13〕 感光性組成物層と保護フィルムとの間に、屈折率調整層を更に有する、〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔14〕 感光性組成物層が、タッチパネル用電極保護膜形成に用いられる、〔1〕~〔13〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルム。
 〔15〕 〔1〕~〔14〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせ、導電層、感光性組成物層、及び、仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
 感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
 露光された感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、を有し、
 更に、貼合工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と現像工程との間に、感光性組成物層付き基板から仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、積層体の製造方法。
 〔16〕 〔1〕~〔14〕のいずれか1つに記載の転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせ、導電層、感光性組成物層、及び、仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
 感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
 露光された感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、
 パターンが配置されていない領域における導電層をエッチング処理するエッチング工程と、
 更に、貼合工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と現像工程との間に、感光性組成物層付き基板から仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、回路配線の製造方法。
[1] A transfer film having a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer arranged on the temporary support, and a protective film in this order.
The temporary support has a temporary support body, a first layer arranged on one surface of the temporary support body, and a second layer arranged on the other surface of the temporary support body.
Of the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side.
The first layer contains first organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm and first inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less. .0-100,
A transfer film in which the second layer contains or does not contain second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less.
[2] The transfer film according to [1], wherein the first organic particles contain polystyrene resin particles.
[3] The transfer film according to [1] or [2], wherein the average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
[4] The invention according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein at least one of the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contains at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon atoms and aluminum atoms. Transfer film.
[5] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein at least one of the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contains aluminum oxide.
[6] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the average particle size of the first inorganic particles and the average particle size of the second inorganic particles are 10 to 50 nm.
[7] The thickness of the temporary support body is 6.0 to 30.0 μm.
The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the thickness of the first layer and the second layer is 0.8 to 3.0 μm.
[8] The average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
The first inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide and
The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the average particle diameter of the first inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
[9] The second layer contains second organic particles having an average particle diameter of 350 to 800 nm.
The second inorganic particle contains aluminum oxide and contains
The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the average particle diameter of the second inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
[10] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the surface of the first layer has a Kurtosis Rku of 2.5 to 10.
[11] One of [1] to [10], wherein the Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 3.0 to 5.0, and the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide. The transfer film described in.
[12] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the photosensitive composition layer contains a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
[13] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [12], further having a refractive index adjusting layer between the photosensitive composition layer and the protective film.
[14] The transfer film according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the photosensitive composition layer is used for forming an electrode protective film for a touch panel.
[15] The protective film is peeled off from the transfer film according to any one of [1] to [14], and the surface opposite to the temporary support is attached to a substrate having a conductive layer to form a conductive layer. , A bonding step for obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a photosensitive composition layer and a temporary support in this order.
An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer, and
It comprises a developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
Further, a method for producing a laminated body, comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. ..
[16] The protective film is peeled off from the transfer film according to any one of [1] to [14], and the surface opposite to the temporary support is attached to a substrate having a conductive layer to form a conductive layer. , A bonding step for obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a photosensitive composition layer and a temporary support in this order.
An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer, and
A developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern,
An etching process that etches the conductive layer in the area where the pattern is not arranged,
Further, a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. ..
 本発明によれば、パターニング性に優れ、剥離性にも優れる転写フィルムの提供できる。また、本発明によれば、転写フィルムを用いる、積層体の製造方法及び回路配線の製造方法の提供もできる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a transfer film having excellent patterning property and excellent peelability. Further, according to the present invention, it is also possible to provide a method for manufacturing a laminate and a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a transfer film.
第1実施形態の転写フィルムの構成の一例を示す概略図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the structure of the transfer film of 1st Embodiment. 第2実施形態の転写フィルムの構成の一例を示す概略図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the structure of the transfer film of 2nd Embodiment.
 以下、本発明について、詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。本明細書に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, the numerical range represented by using "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the present specification, in the numerical range described in stages, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value in another numerical range described in stages. .. In the numerical range described in the present specification, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the examples.
 本明細書において、「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。 In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
 本明細書において、「透明」とは、波長400~700nmの可視光の平均透過率が、80%以上であることを意味し、90%以上であることが好ましい。
 本明細書において、可視光の平均透過率は、分光光度計を用いて測定される値であり、例えば、日立製作所株式会社製の分光光度計U-3310を用いて測定できる。
As used herein, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light having a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more, and is preferably 90% or more.
In the present specification, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured by using a spectrophotometer, and can be measured by, for example, a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.
 本明細書において、特段の断りのない限り、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、カラムとしてTSK gel Super HZM-N(東ソー社製)の3本直列連結、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)、検出器として示差屈折計、及び、標準物質としてポリスチレンを使用し、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により測定した標準物質のポリスチレンを用いて換算した値である。
 本明細書において、特段の断りがない限り、分子量分布が有する化合物の分子量は、重量平均分子量である。
 本明細書において、特段の断りがない限り、重合体の構成単位の比は、質量比である。
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are three series of TSK gel Super HZM-N (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) as a column and THF as an eluent. It is a value converted using (tetrahexyl), a differential refraction meter as a detector, and polystyrene as a standard material, and polystyrene as a standard material measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight of a compound having a molecular weight distribution is a weight average molecular weight.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the ratio of the constituent units of the polymer is the mass ratio.
 本明細書において、屈折率は、特に断りがない限り、波長550nmでエリプソメーターによって測定される値である。 In the present specification, the refractive index is a value measured by an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm unless otherwise specified.
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念であり、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの両方を包含する概念であり、「(メタ)アクリロキシ基」は、アクリロキシ基及びメタアクリロキシ基の両方を包含する概念である。 As used herein, "(meth) acrylic" is a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes both acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth) acrylic acid". "Group" is a concept that includes both an acrylic group and a methacrylic acid group.
 本明細書において、「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基を意味する。 As used herein, the term "organic group" means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
 本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」という場合の置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に制限されない。置換基の数は、例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基としては、水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団が挙げられ、例えば、以下の置換基群Tから選択できる。
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、及び、tert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基、及び、フェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基、及び、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、及び、メトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;エーテル基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
In the present specification, the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents in the case of "may have a substituent" are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, it can be selected from the following substituent group T.
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group. And other aryloxy groups; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group Acryl groups such as acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, and metoxalyl group; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfonyl group; alkyl groups; cyclo Alkyl group; aryl group; heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; nitro group; ether group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; Examples thereof include a monoalkylamino group; a dialkylamino group; an arylamino group; and a combination thereof.
〔転写フィルム〕
 転写フィルムは、仮支持体と、仮支持体上に配置された感光性組成物層と、保護フィルムとをこの順で有する。仮支持体は、仮支持体本体と、仮支持体本体の一方の表面上に配置された第1層と、仮支持体本体の他方の表面上に配置された第2層とを有し、第1層及び第2層のうち、第1層が感光性組成物層側に配置される。つまり、転写フィルムは、第2層、仮支持体本体、第1層、感光性組成物層、及び、保護フィルムをこの順で有する。
[Transfer film]
The transfer film has a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer arranged on the temporary support, and a protective film in this order. The temporary support has a temporary support body, a first layer arranged on one surface of the temporary support body, and a second layer arranged on the other surface of the temporary support body. Of the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side. That is, the transfer film has a second layer, a temporary support body, a first layer, a photosensitive composition layer, and a protective film in this order.
 本発明の転写フィルムの特徴点としては、後述するように、転写フィルムの仮支持体が、第1層と、第2層とを有することが挙げられる。
 本発明者らは、上述したように、従来の転写フィルムについて検討したところ、パターニング性及び剥離性の両立ができていないことを知見した。
 それに対して、本発明では、第1層と第2層とを有する仮支持体を有する場合、所望の効果が得られた。その機構については、本発明らは以下のように推測している。
 各層に含まれ得る第1無機粒子が所定の平均粒子径に制御されることにより、露光時の光の散乱を抑制し、均一に露光されて樹脂パターンの線幅のばらつきが少なくなる。また、第1層に含まれる所定の粒径を有する有機粒子を含むことで、クルトシスRkuが所定の範囲に調整され、感光性組成物層と仮支持体との間、及び、感光性組成物層と保護フィルムとの間での所望の剥離性を付与できたと推測される。
 以下、本明細書において、転写フィルムのパターニング性がより優れること、及び、転写フィルムの剥離性がより優れることの少なくとも一方の効果が得られることを本発明の効果がより優れるともいう。
As will be described later, the feature of the transfer film of the present invention is that the temporary support of the transfer film has a first layer and a second layer.
As described above, the present inventors have studied conventional transfer films and found that both patterning property and peelability have not been achieved.
On the other hand, in the present invention, the desired effect was obtained when the temporary support having the first layer and the second layer was provided. The present inventions speculate about the mechanism as follows.
By controlling the first inorganic particles that can be contained in each layer to a predetermined average particle diameter, scattering of light during exposure is suppressed, uniform exposure is achieved, and variation in the line width of the resin pattern is reduced. Further, by including the organic particles having a predetermined particle size contained in the first layer, the Kurtosis Rku is adjusted to a predetermined range, and the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support are used, and the photosensitive composition is formed. It is presumed that the desired peelability between the layer and the protective film could be imparted.
Hereinafter, in the present specification, it is also referred to that the effect of the present invention is further excellent in that at least one of the effect of the excellent patterning property of the transfer film and the effect of the excellent peelability of the transfer film can be obtained.
 本発明の転写フィルムの態様の一例を以下に示すが、これに制限されない。
(1)「仮支持体/感光性組成物層/屈折率調整層/保護フィルム」
(2)「仮支持体/感光性組成物層/保護フィルム」
(3)「仮支持体/中間層/感光性組成物層/保護フィルム」
(4)「仮支持体/熱可塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性組成物層/保護フィルム」
 なお、上記各構成において、感光性組成物層は、ネガ型感光性組成物層であることが好ましい。また、感光性組成物層が着色樹脂層であることも好ましい。
 本発明の転写フィルムは、後述するように配線保護膜用の転写フィルムとして使用されてもよいし、エッチングレジスト用の転写フィルムとして使用されてもよい。
 配線保護膜用の転写フィルムとする場合、転写フィルムの構成としては、上述した(1)~(2)の構成であることが好ましい。また、エッチングレジスト用の転写フィルムとする場合、転写フィルムの構成としては、上述した(2)~(4)の構成であることが好ましい。
 具体的には、例えば、後述する第1実施形態、及び、第2実施形態が挙げられる。
An example of the aspect of the transfer film of the present invention is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
(1) "Temporary support / photosensitive composition layer / refractive index adjusting layer / protective film"
(2) "Temporary support / photosensitive composition layer / protective film"
(3) "Temporary support / intermediate layer / photosensitive composition layer / protective film"
(4) "Temporary support / thermoplastic resin layer / intermediate layer / photosensitive composition layer / protective film"
In each of the above configurations, the photosensitive composition layer is preferably a negative photosensitive composition layer. It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer.
The transfer film of the present invention may be used as a transfer film for a wiring protective film or as a transfer film for an etching resist, as will be described later.
In the case of a transfer film for a wiring protective film, the composition of the transfer film is preferably the above-mentioned configurations (1) and (2). Further, in the case of using a transfer film for an etching resist, the composition of the transfer film is preferably the above-mentioned configurations (2) to (4).
Specifically, for example, the first embodiment and the second embodiment described later can be mentioned.
 以下において、第1実施形態の転写フィルムの実施形態の一例について説明する。
 図1に示す転写フィルム10は、仮支持体1と、感光性組成物層3及び屈折率調整層5を含む組成物層2と、保護フィルム7とを、この順に有する。
 また、図1で示す転写フィルム10は屈折率調整層5を配置した形態であるが、屈折率調整層5は、配置されなくてもよい。
Hereinafter, an example of the embodiment of the transfer film of the first embodiment will be described.
The transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a temporary support 1, a composition layer 2 including a photosensitive composition layer 3 and a refractive index adjusting layer 5, and a protective film 7 in this order.
Further, the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a form in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is arranged, but the refractive index adjusting layer 5 may not be arranged.
 以下において、第2実施形態の転写フィルムの実施形態の一例について説明する。
 図2に示す転写フィルム20は、仮支持体11と、熱可塑性樹脂層13、中間層15、及び、感光性組成物層17を含む組成物層12と、保護フィルム19とを、この順に有する。
 また、図2で示す転写フィルム20は熱可塑性樹脂層13及び中間層15を配置した形態であるが、熱可塑性樹脂層13及び中間層15は、配置されなくてもよい。
 第2実施形態の転写フィルムにおいて、仮支持体11及び保護フィルム17としては、上述した第1実施形態の仮支持体1及び保護フィルム9と同じものが挙げられる。
 以下、転写フィルムの各構成について詳述する。
Hereinafter, an example of the embodiment of the transfer film of the second embodiment will be described.
The transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a temporary support 11, a composition layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, an intermediate layer 15, and a photosensitive composition layer 17, and a protective film 19 in this order. ..
Further, the transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a form in which the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 are arranged, but the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 may not be arranged.
In the transfer film of the second embodiment, examples of the temporary support 11 and the protective film 17 are the same as those of the temporary support 1 and the protective film 9 of the first embodiment described above.
Hereinafter, each configuration of the transfer film will be described in detail.
<仮支持体>
 転写フィルムは、仮支持体を有する。
 仮支持体は、仮支持体本体と、後述する第1層と、後述する第2層とを有する。
 仮支持体は、感光性組成物層を支持する部材であり、最終的には剥離処理により除去される。
 以下、仮支持体を構成する各部材について詳述する。
<Temporary support>
The transfer film has a temporary support.
The temporary support has a temporary support main body, a first layer described later, and a second layer described later.
The temporary support is a member that supports the photosensitive composition layer, and is finally removed by a peeling treatment.
Hereinafter, each member constituting the temporary support will be described in detail.
[仮支持体本体]
 仮支持体は、仮支持体本体を有する。
 仮支持体本体は、第1層と第2層との間に配置される部材である。
 仮支持体本体としては、例えば、ガラス基板及びフィルムが挙げられ、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。また、仮支持体本体としては、加圧下、又は、加圧下及び加熱下において、著しい変形、収縮、又は、伸びを生じない、かつ、可撓性を有するフィルムが好ましい。
[Temporary support body]
The temporary support has a temporary support body.
The temporary support body is a member arranged between the first layer and the second layer.
Examples of the temporary support main body include a glass substrate and a film, and a resin film is preferable. Further, as the temporary support main body, a film that does not cause significant deformation, shrinkage, or elongation under pressure, pressure, and heating, and has flexibility is preferable.
 上記樹脂フィルムとして、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム等のポリエステルフィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、ポリイミドフィルム、及び、ポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。
 なかでも、仮支持体本体としては、ポリエステルフィルムが好ましく、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムがより好ましく、2軸延伸PETフィルムが更に好ましい。また、仮支持体本体は、シワ等の変形及び傷がないことも好ましい。
Examples of the resin film include polyester films such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, polyimide films, and polycarbonate films.
Among them, as the temporary support main body, a polyester film is preferable, a biaxially stretched polyester film is more preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is further preferable. Further, it is also preferable that the temporary support main body is not deformed or scratched such as wrinkles.
 仮支持体本体としては、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムが好ましい。
 2軸延伸とは、2軸延伸処理を行い、2軸方向に分子配向性を有することを意味する。
 分子配向性は、マイクロ波透過型分子配向計(例えば、MOA-6004、王子計測機器社製)を用いて測定する。2軸方向のなす角は、90°±5°であることが好ましく、90°±3°であることがより好ましく、90°±1°であることが更に好ましい。
 上記2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムは、長手方向及び幅方向に分子配向性を有することが好ましい。
 幅方向とは、長手方向に直交する方向を意味する。なお、幅方向が不明である場合、マイクロ波透過型分子配向計(例えば、MOA-6004、王子計測機器社製)を用いて測定される配向度のうち、最も配向度が強い方向を幅方向とする。また、直交とは、厳密な直交に限られず、略直交を含む。略直交とは、90°±5°で交わることを意味し、90°±3°で交わることが好ましく、90°±1°で交わることがより好ましい。
As the temporary support main body, a biaxially stretched polyester film is preferable.
Biaxial stretching means that biaxial stretching treatment is performed and the molecule has molecular orientation in the biaxial direction.
The molecular orientation is measured using a microwave transmission type molecular orientation meter (for example, MOA-6004, manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd.). The angle formed in the biaxial direction is preferably 90 ° ± 5 °, more preferably 90 ° ± 3 °, and even more preferably 90 ° ± 1 °.
The biaxially stretched polyester film preferably has molecular orientation in the longitudinal direction and the width direction.
The width direction means a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction. If the width direction is unknown, the width direction is the direction with the strongest orientation among the orientations measured using a microwave transmission type molecular orientation meter (for example, MOA-6004, manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd.). And. Further, the orthogonality is not limited to a strict orthogonality, but includes a substantially orthogonality. Approximately orthogonal means intersecting at 90 ° ± 5 °, preferably at 90 ° ± 3 °, and more preferably at 90 ° ± 1 °.
 2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムは、主たる重合体成分としてポリエステルを含む2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムである。主たる重合体成分とは、フィルムに含まれる全重合体のうち、含有比率(質量%)が最も大きい重合体を意味し、ポリエステルとは、主鎖にエステル結合を有する重合体を意味する。 The biaxially stretched polyester film is a biaxially stretched polyester film containing polyester as a main polymer component. The main polymer component means a polymer having the largest content ratio (% by mass) among all the polymers contained in the film, and polyester means a polymer having an ester bond in the main chain.
 ポリエステルとしては、例えば、公知のポリエステルが挙げられる。
 ポリエステルとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、及び、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレート(PEN)が挙げられる。なかでも、ポリエステルとしては、PETが好ましい。
Examples of the polyester include known polyesters.
Examples of the polyester include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate (PEN). Among them, PET is preferable as the polyester.
 ポリエステルの固有粘度は、0.50dl/g以上0.80dl/g未満が好ましく、0.55dl/g以上0.70dl/g未満がより好ましい。 The intrinsic viscosity of polyester is preferably 0.50 dl / g or more and less than 0.80 dl / g, and more preferably 0.55 dl / g or more and less than 0.70 dl / g.
 2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムは、ポリエステルを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 ポリエステルの含有量は、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルム中の重合体の全質量に対して、85質量%以上が好ましく、90質量%以上がより好ましく、95質量%以上が更に好ましく、98質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルム中の重合体の全質量に対して、100質量%以下が好ましい。
 ポリエステルの含有量は、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムの全質量に対して、85質量%以上が好ましく、90質量%以上がより好ましく、95質量%以上が更に好ましく、98質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムの全質量に対して、100質量%以下が好ましい。
 2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムがPETを含む場合、PETの含有量は、2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルム中のポリエステルの全質量に対して、90~100質量%が好ましく、95~100質量%がより好ましく、98~100質量%が更に好ましく、100質量%が特に好ましい。
The biaxially stretched polyester film may contain only one type of polyester, or may contain two or more types of polyester.
The polyester content is preferably 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, further preferably 95% by mass or more, still more preferably 98% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer in the biaxially stretched polyester film. Especially preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer in the biaxially stretched polyester film.
The polyester content is preferably 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, further preferably 95% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the biaxially stretched polyester film. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the biaxially stretched polyester film.
When the biaxially stretched polyester film contains PET, the content of PET is preferably 90 to 100% by mass, more preferably 95 to 100% by mass, and 98 by mass, based on the total mass of the polyester in the biaxially stretched polyester film. ~ 100% by mass is more preferable, and 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
 ポリエステルの製造方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 ポリエステルの製造方法としては、例えば、触媒存在下で、少なくとも1つのジカルボン酸化合物と、少なくとも1つのジオール化合物とを重縮合させることによりポリエステルを製造できる。
 ジカルボン酸化合物としては、例えば、脂肪族ジカルボン酸化合物、脂環式ジカルボン酸化合物、及び、芳香族ジカルボン酸化合物が挙げられる。
 ジオール化合物としては、例えば、脂肪族ジオール化合物、脂環式ジオール化合物、及び、芳香族ジオール化合物が挙げられる。
 触媒としては、例えば、アルカリ金属化合物、アルカリ土類金属化合物、亜鉛化合物、鉛化合物、マンガン化合物、コバルト化合物、アルミニウム化合物、アンチモン化合物、チタン化合物、ゲルマニウム化合物、及び、リン化合物が挙げられる。
 ポリエステルの製造には、必要に応じて、公知の末端封止剤を用いることができる。末端封止剤としては、例えば、オキサゾリン系化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、及び、エポキシ化合物が挙げられる。
The method for producing the polyester is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
As a method for producing polyester, for example, polyester can be produced by polycondensing at least one dicarboxylic acid compound and at least one diol compound in the presence of a catalyst.
Examples of the dicarboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid compound, an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid compound, and an aromatic dicarboxylic acid compound.
Examples of the diol compound include an aliphatic diol compound, an alicyclic diol compound, and an aromatic diol compound.
Examples of the catalyst include alkali metal compounds, alkaline earth metal compounds, zinc compounds, lead compounds, manganese compounds, cobalt compounds, aluminum compounds, antimony compounds, titanium compounds, germanium compounds, and phosphorus compounds.
A known end-capping agent can be used in the production of polyester, if necessary. Examples of the terminal encapsulant include an oxazoline-based compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an epoxy compound.
 ポリエステルの合成方法としては、公知の合成方法を適用することができ、例えば、特許第5575671号公報の段落[0033]~[0070]に記載された方法が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for synthesizing polyester, a known synthetic method can be applied, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs [0033] to [0070] of Japanese Patent No. 5575671, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Will be incorporated into.
 仮支持体本体のヘイズは、小さい方が好ましい。
 具体的には、仮支持体のヘイズは、0.5%未満が好ましく、0.4%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、0%以上が好ましい。
 なお、ヘイズは、ヘイズメーターを用いて、JIS K 7105:1981に準ずる方法により測定でき、本明細書に記載のヘイズは、ヘイズメーター(NDH-2000、日本電色工業社製)を用いて測定した値である。
The haze of the temporary support body is preferably small.
Specifically, the haze of the temporary support is preferably less than 0.5%, more preferably 0.4% or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0% or more.
The haze can be measured using a haze meter by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981, and the haze described in the present specification is measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.). It is the value that was set.
 仮支持体本体において、L表色系におけるb値としては、0~1が好ましく、0~0.8がより好ましく、0~0.6が更に好ましく、0~0.4が特に好ましい。L表色系におけるb値が0~1であることで、フィルムの黄色度を小さくできるため、フィルムの色相を無色に近づけることができる。この結果、例えば、高い視認性が求められる用途(例えば、表示装置)において、好ましく適用できる。
 仮支持体本体のL表色系におけるb値は分光色差計(例えば、SE-2000、日本電色工業社製)を用いて、透過法により測定する。
In the temporary support body, the B * value in the L * a * b * color system is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0 to 0.8, further preferably 0 to 0.6, and 0 to 0. 4 is particularly preferable. When the b * value in the L * a * b * color system is 0 to 1, the yellowness of the film can be reduced, so that the hue of the film can be made almost colorless. As a result, it can be preferably applied, for example, in applications where high visibility is required (for example, a display device).
The L * a * b * value in the color system of the temporary support body is measured by the transmission method using a spectrocolorimeter ( for example, SE-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
 仮支持体本体の厚みとしては、ハンドリング適性(特に、フィルムをラミネートする際のハンドリング適性)の観点から、1.0~100.0μmが好ましく、6.0~30.0μmがより好ましく、10.0~30.0μmが更に好ましい。仮支持体本体の厚みが10.0μm以上であると、良好な強度が得られ加工工程での取り扱いも容易となり、50.0μm以下であると、より良好なヘイズ値とできる。 From the viewpoint of handling suitability (particularly, handling suitability when laminating a film), the thickness of the temporary support body is preferably 1.0 to 100.0 μm, more preferably 6.0 to 30.0 μm, and 10. It is more preferably 0 to 30.0 μm. When the thickness of the temporary support body is 10.0 μm or more, good strength is obtained and handling in the processing step becomes easy, and when it is 50.0 μm or less, a better haze value can be obtained.
 仮支持体本体の寸法変化率は、下記の範囲内であると、DFR加工工程での熱収縮による歪み及びシワの発生を抑制できるために好ましい。上記寸法変化率は、製膜条件における弛緩及び熱処理等の条件を公知の方法により適宜調整することによって調整できる。150℃における寸法変化率は、長手方向で3%未満、及び、幅方向で2.5%未満が好ましく、長手方向で0.5%以上2%未満、及び、幅方向で1%以上2%未満がより好ましい。また、100℃における長手方向及び幅方向の寸法変化率は、1%未満が好ましく、0.8%未満がより好ましい。寸法変化率において上記範囲内であることで、感光性組成物を塗布する際の平面性がより良好になる傾向にある。 It is preferable that the dimensional change rate of the temporary support body is within the following range because distortion and wrinkles due to heat shrinkage in the DFR processing process can be suppressed. The dimensional change rate can be adjusted by appropriately adjusting conditions such as relaxation and heat treatment under the film forming conditions by a known method. The dimensional change rate at 150 ° C. is preferably less than 3% in the longitudinal direction and less than 2.5% in the width direction, 0.5% or more and less than 2% in the longitudinal direction, and 1% or more and 2% in the width direction. Less than is more preferred. Further, the dimensional change rate in the longitudinal direction and the width direction at 100 ° C. is preferably less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.8%. When the dimensional change rate is within the above range, the flatness when the photosensitive composition is applied tends to be better.
 仮支持体本体において、長手方向のフィルムが5%伸張した時の強度(以下「F-5」ともいう。)としては、70MPa以上150MPa未満が好ましい。長手方向のF-5が70MPa未満では、強度不足により傷の発生などにより加工特性が悪くなる場合がある。一方、長手方向のF-5が150MPa以上では、幅方向のF-5との両立が困難となる場合がある。長手方向のF-5としては、80MPa以上140MPa未満がより好ましく、90MPa以上130MPa未満が更に好ましい。
 また、幅方向のF-5としては、80MPa以上160MPa未満が好ましい。
 幅方向のF-5が上記の範囲であることで、強度不足による傷の発生等による加工特性の低下が抑制され、長手方向のF-5との両立も良好となる。90MPa以上150MPa未満がより好ましく、100MPa以上140MPa未満が更に好ましい。
In the temporary support main body, the strength when the film in the longitudinal direction is stretched by 5% (hereinafter, also referred to as “F-5”) is preferably 70 MPa or more and less than 150 MPa. If the F-5 in the longitudinal direction is less than 70 MPa, the processing characteristics may deteriorate due to scratches or the like due to insufficient strength. On the other hand, if the F-5 in the longitudinal direction is 150 MPa or more, it may be difficult to achieve compatibility with the F-5 in the width direction. The F-5 in the longitudinal direction is more preferably 80 MPa or more and less than 140 MPa, and further preferably 90 MPa or more and less than 130 MPa.
The F-5 in the width direction is preferably 80 MPa or more and less than 160 MPa.
When F-5 in the width direction is within the above range, deterioration of processing characteristics due to generation of scratches due to insufficient strength is suppressed, and compatibility with F-5 in the longitudinal direction is also good. It is more preferably 90 MPa or more and less than 150 MPa, and further preferably 100 MPa or more and less than 140 MPa.
 仮支持体本体の長手方向の破断強度としては、200MPa以上360MPa未満が好ましく、220MPa以上340MPa未満がより好ましい。また、幅方向の破断強度としては、260MPa以上420MPa未満が好ましく、280MPa以上400MPa未満がより好ましい。
 F-5及び破断強度は、縦方向及び横方向の延伸温度及び延伸倍率を適宜調整することで達成できる。
The breaking strength of the temporary support body in the longitudinal direction is preferably 200 MPa or more and less than 360 MPa, more preferably 220 MPa or more and less than 340 MPa. The breaking strength in the width direction is preferably 260 MPa or more and less than 420 MPa, more preferably 280 MPa or more and less than 400 MPa.
F-5 and breaking strength can be achieved by appropriately adjusting the stretching temperature and stretching ratio in the vertical and horizontal directions.
[第1層]
 仮支持体は、感光性組成物層側に配置された第1層を有する。
 第1層は、平均粒子径100~1000nmの第1有機粒子と、平均粒子径70nm以下の第1無機粒子とを含み、第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面のクルトシスRkuが、2~100である。
[First layer]
The temporary support has a first layer arranged on the side of the photosensitive composition layer.
The first layer contains first organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm and first inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less. ~ 100.
(クルトシスRku)
 第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面のクルトシスRku(以下、単に「クルトシスRku)ともいう。)は、2.5~80が好ましく、2.5~10がより好ましく、2.5~6.0が更に好ましく、3.0~5.0が特に好ましい。
 クルトシスRkuの測定は、第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面(仮支持体本体と反対側の表面)のうち、無作為に選択した10箇所をZygo社製、New View 6000を用いて測定し、得られた測定値のうち最小値及び最大値を除いた平均値とする。
(Kurtosis Rku)
The surface of the surface of the first layer in contact with the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 2.5 to 80, more preferably 2.5 to 10, and 2.5 to 10. 6.0 is more preferable, and 3.0 to 5.0 is particularly preferable.
For the measurement of Kurtsis Rku, 10 randomly selected surfaces (the surface opposite the temporary support body) in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the first layer were selected using New View 6000 manufactured by Zygo. It shall be the average value obtained by measuring and excluding the minimum and maximum values from the obtained measured values.
 クルトシスRkuを調整する方法としては、後述する第1有機粒子及び第1無機粒子の種類及び含有量を調整する方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for adjusting Kurtosis Rku include a method for adjusting the type and content of the first organic particles and the first inorganic particles, which will be described later.
(第1有機粒子)
 第1有機粒子の平均粒子径は、100~1000nmであり、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、350~800nmが好ましく、350~700nmがより好ましく、400~600nmが更に好ましい。
 第1有機粒子の平均粒子径は、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron Microscope)の画像から無作為に選択した50個の第1有機粒子の粒子径を算術平均することにより求める。具体的には、仮支持体の断面を切り出した後に、仮支持体の断面をTEMで観察し、TEMの観察画像から無作為に粒子を50個選択する。選択された粒子に対して、エネルギー分散型X線分析(EDX:Energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy)を行い、EDXの結果から、無機元素を含まない粒子を有機粒子とし、無機元素を含む粒子を無機粒子として、各粒子の粒子径を算術平均することにより求めることができる。また、各粒子が球形ではない場合、各粒子の平均粒子径は、仮支持体の断面TEM画像から得られる有機粒子又は無機粒子の断面積を求め、その断面積と同じ面積の円に置き換えた際の直径を、各粒子の平均粒子径とする。なお、平均粒子径とは、断面TEM画像での直径を算術平均した値を意味する。
(1st organic particle)
The average particle size of the first organic particles is 100 to 1000 nm, preferably 350 to 800 nm, more preferably 350 to 700 nm, and even more preferably 400 to 600 nm in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The average particle size of the first organic particles is determined by arithmetically averaging the particle sizes of 50 first organic particles randomly selected from images of a transmission electron microscope (TEM). Specifically, after cutting out the cross section of the temporary support, the cross section of the temporary support is observed by TEM, and 50 particles are randomly selected from the observation image of TEM. Energy dispersive X-ray analysis (EDX: Energy dispersive X-ray spectrum) was performed on the selected particles, and from the results of EDX, the particles containing no inorganic element were regarded as organic particles, and the particles containing an inorganic element were regarded as inorganic. As particles, it can be obtained by arithmetically averaging the particle diameters of each particle. When each particle is not spherical, the average particle diameter of each particle is obtained by obtaining the cross section of organic particles or inorganic particles obtained from the cross section TEM image of the temporary support, and replaced with a circle having the same area as the cross section. The diameter of each particle is taken as the average particle diameter of each particle. The average particle diameter means a value obtained by arithmetically averaging the diameters in the cross-sectional TEM image.
 第1有機粒子としては、樹脂粒子が好ましい。
 樹脂粒子としては、例えば、ポリスチレン樹脂粒子、アクリル樹脂粒子、ポリエステル樹脂粒子、シリコーン有機粒子、及び、スチレン-アクリル有機粒子が挙げられ、ポリスチレン樹脂粒子が好ましい。
 また、第1有機粒子は、架橋構造を有することが好ましい。
Resin particles are preferable as the first organic particles.
Examples of the resin particles include polystyrene resin particles, acrylic resin particles, polyester resin particles, silicone organic particles, and styrene-acrylic organic particles, and polystyrene resin particles are preferable.
Further, the first organic particles preferably have a crosslinked structure.
 第1層は、第1有機粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 第1有機粒子の含有量は、第1層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.1~0.3質量%が特に好ましい。
The first layer may contain only one kind of first organic particles, or may contain two or more kinds of first organic particles.
The content of the first organic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferable.
(第1無機粒子)
 第1無機粒子の平均粒子径は、70nm以下であり、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、65nm以下が好ましく、50nm以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、1nm以上が好ましく、5nm以上がより好ましく、8nm以上が更に好ましく、10nm以上が特に好ましい。
 第1無機粒子の平均粒子径は、上述した有機粒子の平均粒子径の測定方法を用いて測定できる。
(First inorganic particle)
The average particle size of the first inorganic particles is 70 nm or less, and is preferably 65 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 8 nm or more, and particularly preferably 10 nm or more.
The average particle size of the first inorganic particles can be measured by using the above-mentioned method for measuring the average particle size of organic particles.
 第1無機粒子は、ケイ素原子及びアルミニウム原子からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましく、アルミニウム原子を含むことがより好ましい。
 第1無機粒子としては、例えば、二酸化ケイ素粒子(シリカ粒子)、チタニア粒子(酸化チタン粒子)、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、及び、酸化アルミニウム粒子(アルミナ粒子)が挙げられる。なかでも、無機粒子としては、ヘイズ及び耐久性の点で、酸化アルミニウム粒子、又は、二酸化ケイ素粒子が好ましく、酸化アルミニウム粒子がより好ましい。
The first inorganic particle preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a silicon atom and an aluminum atom, and more preferably contains an aluminum atom.
Examples of the first inorganic particles include silicon dioxide particles (silica particles), titania particles (titanium oxide particles), calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and aluminum oxide particles (alumina particles). Among them, as the inorganic particles, aluminum oxide particles or silicon dioxide particles are preferable, and aluminum oxide particles are more preferable, in terms of haze and durability.
 二酸化ケイ素粒子としては、特に制限されず、公知のシリカ粒子が挙げられる。
 二酸化ケイ素粒子としては、例えば、ヒュームドシリカ粒子、及び、コロイダルシリカ粒子が挙げられる。
 ヒュームドシリカ粒子としては、例えば、ケイ素原子を含む化合物を気相中で酸素及び水素と反応させることによって得ることができる。原料となるケイ素化合物としては、例えば、ハロゲン化ケイ素(例えば、塩化ケイ素)が挙げられる。
 コロイダルシリカ粒子としては、例えば、原料化合物を加水分解及び縮合するゾルゲル法により合成することができる。コロイダルシリカの原料化合物としては、例えば、アルコキシケイ素(例えば、テトラエトキシシラン)、及び、ハロゲン化シラン化合物(例えば、ジフェニルジクロロシラン)が挙げられる。
 二酸化ケイ素粒子の形態は、1次粒子であってもよく、1次粒子の凝集体(凝集シリカ粒子)であってもよい。
The silicon dioxide particles are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known silica particles.
Examples of the silicon dioxide particles include fumed silica particles and colloidal silica particles.
The fumed silica particles can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound containing a silicon atom with oxygen and hydrogen in a gas phase. Examples of the silicon compound as a raw material include silicon halide (for example, silicon chloride).
The colloidal silica particles can be synthesized, for example, by a sol-gel method in which a raw material compound is hydrolyzed and condensed. Examples of the raw material compound of colloidal silica include alkoxysilicon (for example, tetraethoxysilane) and halogenated silane compound (for example, diphenyldichlorosilane).
The form of the silicon dioxide particles may be primary particles or aggregates of primary particles (aggregated silica particles).
 第1層は、第1無機粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 第1無機粒子の含有量は、第1層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.2~0.5質量%が特に好ましい。
The first layer may contain only one kind of the first inorganic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
The content of the first inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.2 to 0.5% by mass is particularly preferable.
 第1層において、第1無機粒子の含有量は、第1有機粒子の含有量よりも多いことが好ましい。具体的には、第1有機粒子の含有量に対する第1無機粒子の含有量の質量比(第1無機粒子の含有量/第1有機粒子の含有量)は、1.0以上が好ましく、2.0以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、10.0以下が好ましく、5.0以下がより好ましく、3.0以下が更に好ましい。 In the first layer, the content of the first inorganic particles is preferably higher than the content of the first organic particles. Specifically, the mass ratio of the content of the first inorganic particles to the content of the first organic particles (content of the first inorganic particles / content of the first organic particles) is preferably 1.0 or more, 2 .0 or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 5.0 or less, and even more preferably 3.0 or less.
(他の成分)
 第1層は、上述した成分以外に、他の成分を含んでいてもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、樹脂、界面活性剤、架橋剤、及び、造膜助剤が挙げられ、樹脂が好ましい。
 第1層は、他の成分を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
(Other ingredients)
The first layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned components.
Examples of other components include resins, surfactants, cross-linking agents, and film-forming aids, with resins being preferred.
The first layer may contain only one kind of other components, or may contain two or more kinds.
-樹脂-
 樹脂とは、重量平均分子量が3000以上のポリマーを意味する。
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)を用いて測定できる。
 樹脂としては、オレフィン樹脂、上述した仮支持体本体を構成する樹脂、及び、後述する感光性組成物層に含まれるバインダーポリマーが挙げられ、仮支持体本体を構成する樹脂、又は、バインダーポリマーが好ましく、ポリエステル樹脂がより好ましく、PET樹脂が更に好ましい。
 オレフィン樹脂としては、例えば、公知のオレフィン樹脂が挙げられる。オレフィン樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン及びポリプロピレンが挙げられる。
-resin-
The resin means a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 3000 or more.
The weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
Examples of the resin include an olefin resin, the resin constituting the temporary support body described above, and a binder polymer contained in the photosensitive composition layer described later, and the resin constituting the temporary support body or the binder polymer may be used. Preferably, a polyester resin is more preferable, and a PET resin is further preferable.
Examples of the olefin resin include known olefin resins. Examples of the olefin resin include polyethylene and polypropylene.
 樹脂の含有量は、第1層の耐久性及び粒子の分散性の点で、第1層の全質量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、99.99質量%以下が好ましく、99.9質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the resin is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the first layer in terms of durability of the first layer and dispersibility of particles. Is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 99.99% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less.
-界面活性剤-
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、アニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、及び、両性界面活性剤が挙げられ、アニオン系界面活性剤又はノニオン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 アニオン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ラピゾール(登録商標)A-90(日油社製)、サンデッドBL(三洋化成工業社製)、及び、ニッコールSCS(日光ケミカルズ社製)が挙げられる。
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ナロアクティー(登録商標)CL95(三洋化成工業社製)が挙げられる。
 界面活性剤としては、上記以外に、例えば、界面活性剤物性性能要覧(技術情報協会)に記載の界面活性剤も挙げられる。
-Surfactant-
Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and anionic surfactants or nonionic surfactants are preferable.
Examples of the anionic surfactant include Lapizol (registered trademark) A-90 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), Sanded BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and Nikkor SCS (manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
Examples of the nonionic surfactant include Naroacty (registered trademark) CL95 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.).
In addition to the above, examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in the Handbook of Physical Properties and Performance of Surfactants (Technical Information Association).
 界面活性剤の含有量は、第1層の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、0.001~10質量%がより好ましく、0.01~3質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the first layer.
-架橋剤-
 架橋剤としては、例えば、カルボジイミド化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、エポキシ化合物、メラミン化合物、及び、イソシアネート化合物の公知の架橋剤が挙げられる。
 架橋剤としては、例えば、カルボジライト(登録商標)V-02-L2(日清紡ケミカル社製)、エポクロス(登録商標)WS-700(日本触媒社製)、デナコール(登録商標)EX614B(ナガセケムテックス社製)、及び、デュラネート(登録商標)WM44(旭化成ケミカルズ社製)が挙げられる。
-Crosslinking agent-
Examples of the cross-linking agent include known cross-linking agents for carbodiimide compounds, oxazoline compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, and isocyanate compounds.
Examples of the cross-linking agent include Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2 (manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epocross (registered trademark) WS-700 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), and Denacol (registered trademark) EX614B (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation). WM44 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.) and Duranate (registered trademark).
 架橋剤の含有量は、第1層の全質量に対して、1~50質量%が好ましく、2~20質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the first layer.
 第1層の厚みは、0.01μm以上が好ましく、0.1μm以上がより好ましく、0.5μm以上が更に好ましく、0.8μm以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、10.0μm以下が好ましく、5.0μm以下がより好ましく、3.0μm以下が更に好ましく、2.0μm以下が特に好ましく、1.0μm以下が最も好ましい。 The thickness of the first layer is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, further preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 μm or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, further preferably 3.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 2.0 μm or less, and most preferably 1.0 μm or less.
[第2層]
 第2層は、平均粒子径70nm以下の第2無機粒子を含む層であるか、又は、無機粒子を含まない層である。換言すると、第2層は、第2無機粒子を含むか、又は、平均粒子径を問わず無機粒子を含まない。なかでも、第2層は、第2無機粒子を含むことが好ましい。
 第2層が平均粒子径70nm以下の第2無機粒子を含む場合、第2層に含まれる第2無機粒子の平均粒子径は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、65nm以下が好ましく、50nm以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、1nm以上が好ましく、5nm以上がより好ましく、8nm以上が更に好ましく、10nm以上が特に好ましい。
 第2無機粒子の平均粒子径は、上述した第1有機粒子の平均粒子径の測定方法を用いて測定できる。
[Second layer]
The second layer is a layer containing the second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less, or a layer containing no inorganic particles. In other words, the second layer contains the second inorganic particles or does not contain the inorganic particles regardless of the average particle size. Above all, it is preferable that the second layer contains the second inorganic particles.
When the second layer contains the second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less, the average particle diameter of the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer is preferably 65 nm or less, preferably 50 nm, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The following are more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 8 nm or more, and particularly preferably 10 nm or more.
The average particle size of the second inorganic particles can be measured by using the above-mentioned method for measuring the average particle size of the first organic particles.
 第2無機粒子は、ケイ素原子及びアルミニウム原子からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましく、アルミニウム原子を含むことがより好ましい。
 第2無機粒子としては、例えば、二酸化ケイ素粒子(シリカ粒子)、チタニア粒子(酸化チタン粒子)、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、及び、酸化アルミニウム粒子(アルミナ粒子)が挙げられる。なかでも、無機粒子としては、ヘイズ及び耐久性の点で、酸化アルミニウム粒子、又は、二酸化ケイ素粒子が好ましく、酸化アルミニウム粒子がより好ましい。
 二酸化ケイ素粒子の態様は、上述した通りである。
The second inorganic particle preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a silicon atom and an aluminum atom, and more preferably contains an aluminum atom.
Examples of the second inorganic particles include silicon dioxide particles (silica particles), titania particles (titanium oxide particles), calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and aluminum oxide particles (alumina particles). Among them, as the inorganic particles, aluminum oxide particles or silicon dioxide particles are preferable, and aluminum oxide particles are more preferable, in terms of haze and durability.
The embodiment of the silicon dioxide particles is as described above.
 第2層は、第2無機粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 第2無機粒子の含有量は、第2層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.2~0.5質量%が特に好ましい。
The second layer may contain only one kind of second inorganic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
The content of the second inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.2 to 0.5% by mass is particularly preferable.
 第2層が無機粒子を含まない場合、第2層には平均粒子径を問わず無機粒子が含まれない。 When the second layer does not contain inorganic particles, the second layer does not contain inorganic particles regardless of the average particle size.
 第2層は、平均粒子径100~1000nmの第2有機粒子を含んでいてもよい。
 第2有機粒子の定義としては、上述した第1層に含まれる第1有機粒子と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
The second layer may contain second organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm.
The definition of the second organic particle is synonymous with the first organic particle contained in the first layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 第2層は、第2有機粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 第2有機粒子の含有量は、第2層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.1~0.3質量%が特に好ましい。
The second layer may contain only one kind of second organic particles, or may contain two or more kinds.
The content of the second organic particles is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1. 0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferable.
(他の成分)
 第2層は、上述した成分以外に、他の成分を含んでいてもよい。
 他の成分としては、上述した第1層に含まれる他の成分と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
(Other ingredients)
The second layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned components.
The other component has the same meaning as the other component contained in the first layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 第2層の厚みは、0.01μm以上が好ましく、0.1μm以上がより好ましく、0.5μm以上が更に好ましく、0.8μm以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、10.0μm以下が好ましく、5.0μm以下がより好ましく、3.0μm以下が更に好ましく、2.0μm以下が特に好ましく、1.0μm以下が最も好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, further preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 μm or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, further preferably 3.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 2.0 μm or less, and most preferably 1.0 μm or less.
 第1層の態様と、第2層の態様とが、同一の層又は異なる層であってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の層が好ましい。なお、同一の層とは、層に含まれる成分及び層の厚みが同じである層を意味する。
 第1層に含まれる第1有機粒子と、第2層に含まれる第2有機粒子とが、同一の有機粒子又は異なる有機粒子であってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の有機粒子が好ましい。
 また、第1層に含まれる第1有機粒子の含有量と、第2層に含まれる第2有機粒子の含有量とが、同一の含有量又は異なる含有量であってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の含有量が好ましい。
 第1層に含まれる第1無機粒子と、第2層に含まれる第2無機粒子とが、同一の無機粒子又は異なる無機粒子であってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の無機粒子が好ましい。
 また、第1層に含まれる第1無機粒子の含有量と、第2層に含まれる第2無機粒子の含有量とが、同一の含有量又は異なる含有量であってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の含有量が好ましい。
 第1層の厚みと、第2層の厚みとが、同一の厚み又は異なる厚みであってもよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、同一の厚みが好ましい。
The aspect of the first layer and the aspect of the second layer may be the same layer or different layers. Among them, the same layer is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The same layer means a layer having the same component and layer thickness contained in the layer.
The first organic particles contained in the first layer and the second organic particles contained in the second layer may be the same organic particles or different organic particles. Among them, the same organic particles are preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Further, the content of the first organic particles contained in the first layer and the content of the second organic particles contained in the second layer may be the same content or different contents. Among them, the same content is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The first inorganic particles contained in the first layer and the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer may be the same inorganic particles or different inorganic particles. Among them, the same inorganic particles are preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Further, the content of the first inorganic particles contained in the first layer and the content of the second inorganic particles contained in the second layer may be the same content or different contents. Among them, the same content is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The thickness of the first layer and the thickness of the second layer may be the same or different. Among them, the same thickness is preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
[仮支持体の物性値]
 仮支持体は、光透過性を有することが好ましい。
 感光性組成物層を露光する際に、仮支持体を介して感光性組成物層を露光することができる。本明細書において、光透過性を有するとは、パターン露光に使用する波長の光の透過率が50%以上であることを意味する。
 波長365nmの光の透過率は、仮支持体を介してパターン露光できる点から、60%以上が好ましく、70%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100%以下が好ましい。
 なお、透過率とは、測定対象となる層の主面に垂直な方向(厚み方向)に光を入射させたときの入射光の強度に対する、測定対象となる層を通過して出射した出射光の強度の比率を意味する。例えば、透過率は、大塚電子社製のMCPD Seriesを用いて測定できる。
[Physical characteristics of the temporary support]
The temporary support preferably has light transmission.
When the photosensitive composition layer is exposed, the photosensitive composition layer can be exposed via the temporary support. In the present specification, having light transmittance means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
The transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more, from the viewpoint that pattern exposure can be performed via a temporary support. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% or less.
The transmittance is the emission light emitted through the layer to be measured with respect to the intensity of the incident light when the light is incident in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer to be measured (thickness direction). Means the ratio of strength of. For example, the transmittance can be measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
 仮支持体のヘイズは、小さい方が好ましい。
 具体的には、仮支持体のヘイズは、0.5%未満が好ましく、0.4%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、0%以上が好ましい。仮支持体のヘイズが上記の範囲にあることで、露光工程において、仮支持体が支持する感光性組成物層を露光した際の光の散乱が効果的に抑制され、現像工程後の樹脂パターンの歪み及び抜け等が抑制され、壁面の状態が良好な樹脂パターンが形成できる。
 なお、ヘイズは、ヘイズメーターを用いて、JIS K 7105:1981に準ずる方法により測定でき、本明細書に記載のヘイズは、ヘイズメーター(NDH-2000、日本電色工業社製)を用いて測定した値である。
The haze of the temporary support is preferably small.
Specifically, the haze of the temporary support is preferably less than 0.5%, more preferably 0.4% or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0% or more. When the haze of the temporary support is within the above range, light scattering when the photosensitive composition layer supported by the temporary support is exposed is effectively suppressed in the exposure step, and the resin pattern after the development step is achieved. It is possible to form a resin pattern in which the wall surface is in good condition by suppressing distortion and removal.
The haze can be measured using a haze meter by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981, and the haze described in the present specification is measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.). It is the value that was set.
 仮支持体の厚みは、例えば、仮支持体としての強度、光透過性、材質、及び、転写フィルムと基板との貼り合わせに求められる可撓性に応じて決定できる。
 仮支持体の厚みは、特に制限されないが、200.0μm以下の場合が多く、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、100.0μm以下が好ましく、40.0μm以下がより好ましく、35.0μm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、1.0μm以上が好ましく、5.0μm以上がより好ましく、10.0μm以上が更に好ましい。
 仮支持体の厚みは、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)による断面観察により測定した任意の5点の平均値として算出できる。
The thickness of the temporary support can be determined, for example, according to the strength of the temporary support, the light transmittance, the material, and the flexibility required for bonding the transfer film and the substrate.
The thickness of the temporary support is not particularly limited, but is often 200.0 μm or less, and is preferably 100.0 μm or less, more preferably 40.0 μm or less, and 35.0 μm or less in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1.0 μm or more, more preferably 5.0 μm or more, still more preferably 10.0 μm or more.
The thickness of the temporary support can be calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
 仮支持体の好ましい形態としては、例えば、特開2014-085643号公報の段落[0017]~[0018]、特開2016-027363号公報の段落[0019]~[0026]、WO2012/081680A1公報の段落[0041]~[0057]、及び、WO2018/179370A1公報の段落[0029]~[0040]に記載を援用でき、これらの公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferred forms of the temporary support include, for example, paragraphs [0017] to [0018] of JP-A-2014-085643, paragraphs [0019]-[0026] of JP-A-2016-0273363, and WO2012 / 08168A1. Paragraphs [0041] to [0057] and paragraphs [0029] to [0040] of WO2018 / 179370A1 can be incorporated, and the contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
<保護フィルム>
 転写フィルムは、保護フィルムを有する。
 保護フィルムを有することで、保護フィルムに接する層(例えば、感光性組成物層)の表面を保護することができる。
<Protective film>
The transfer film has a protective film.
By having the protective film, the surface of the layer in contact with the protective film (for example, the photosensitive composition layer) can be protected.
 保護フィルムとしては、例えば、樹脂フィルム及び紙が挙げられ、強度及び可撓性の観点から、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
 樹脂フィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、及び、ポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。なかでも、樹脂フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、又は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましく、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムがより好ましい。
Examples of the protective film include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Among them, as the resin film, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable, and a polyethylene terephthalate film is more preferable.
 保護フィルムの厚みは、5~100μmが好ましく、10~50μmがより好ましく、10~20μmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably 5 to 100 μm, more preferably 10 to 50 μm, and even more preferably 10 to 20 μm.
 保護フィルムの感光性組成物層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、解像性により優れる点から、0.3μm以下が好ましく、0.1μm以下がより好ましく、0.05μm以下が更に好ましい。保護フィルムの感光性組成物層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さが上記範囲であることで、感光性組成物層、及び形成される樹脂パターンの厚みの均一性が向上する。算術平均粗さRaの下限は、特に制限されず、0.001μm以上が好ましい。保護フィルムの感光性組成物層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面(仮支持体本体と反対側の表面)のうち、無作為に選択した10箇所をZygo社製、New View 6000を用いて測定し、得られた測定値のうち最小値及び最大値を除いた平均値とする。 The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side where the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is arranged is preferably 0.3 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or less from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. Is more preferable. When the arithmetic average roughness of the surface on the side where the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is arranged is within the above range, the uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer and the formed resin pattern is improved. The lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.001 μm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side where the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is arranged is absent among the surfaces in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the first layer (the surface opposite to the temporary support body). The 10 points selected at random are measured using New View 6000 manufactured by Zygo, and the average value of the obtained measured values excluding the minimum and maximum values is used.
<感光性組成物層>
 転写フィルムは、仮支持体上に配置された感光性組成物層を有する。
 感光性組成物層は、後述するバインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 感光性組成物層を被転写物上に転写した後、露光及び現像を行うことにより、被転写物上にパターンを形成できる。
 感光性組成物層としては、ポジ型感光性組成物層であっても、ネガ型感光性組成物層であってもよい。ポジ型感光性組成物層とは、露光により露光部が現像液に対する溶解性が向上する感光性組成物層である。ネガ型感光性組成物層とは、露光により露光部が現像液に対する溶解性が低下する感光性組成物層である。
 なかでも、ネガ型感光性組成物層を用いることが好ましい。感光性組成物層がネガ型感光性組成物層である場合、形成されるパターンは保護膜に該当する。
<Photosensitive composition layer>
The transfer film has a photosensitive composition layer disposed on the temporary support.
The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator, which will be described later.
A pattern can be formed on the transferred object by transferring the photosensitive composition layer onto the transferred object and then exposing and developing the photosensitive composition layer.
The photosensitive composition layer may be a positive type photosensitive composition layer or a negative type photosensitive composition layer. The positive photosensitive composition layer is a photosensitive composition layer in which the exposed portion is improved in solubility in a developing solution by exposure. The negative photosensitive composition layer is a photosensitive composition layer in which the exposed portion is less soluble in a developing solution due to exposure.
Above all, it is preferable to use a negative photosensitive composition layer. When the photosensitive composition layer is a negative photosensitive composition layer, the formed pattern corresponds to a protective film.
 感光性組成物層の厚みは、塗布性の点から、20.0μm以下が好ましく、15.0μm以下がより好ましく、10.0μm以下が更に好ましい。上記の下限は特に制限されず、0.05μm以上が好ましく、3.0μm以上がより好ましく、4.0μm以上が更に好ましく、5.0μm以上が特に好ましい。
 感光性組成物層の厚みは、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)による断面観察により測定した任意の5点の平均値として算出する。
The thickness of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 20.0 μm or less, more preferably 15.0 μm or less, still more preferably 10.0 μm or less, from the viewpoint of coatability. The above lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.05 μm or more, more preferably 3.0 μm or more, further preferably 4.0 μm or more, and particularly preferably 5.0 μm or more.
The thickness of the photosensitive composition layer is calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
 感光性組成物層の屈折率は、1.47~1.56が好ましく、1.49~1.54がより好ましい。 The refractive index of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
 感光性組成物層は無彩色であることが好ましい。感光性組成物層のa値は、-1.0~1.0であることが好ましく、感光性組成物層のb値は、-1.0~1.0であることが好ましい。
 感光性組成物層の色相は、色差計(CR-221、ミノルタ社製)を用いて測定できる。
The photosensitive composition layer is preferably achromatic. The a * value of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably −1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably −1.0 to 1.0.
The hue of the photosensitive composition layer can be measured using a colorimeter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta).
 以下、感光性組成物層を構成する各材料について説明する。 Hereinafter, each material constituting the photosensitive composition layer will be described.
[バインダーポリマー]
 感光性組成物層は、バインダーポリマーを含んでいてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミド樹脂、アミドエポキシ樹脂、アルキド樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エステル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応で得られるエポキシアクリレート樹脂、及び、エポキシアクリレート樹脂と酸無水物との反応で得られる酸変性エポキシアクリレート樹脂が挙げられる。
[Binder polymer]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a binder polymer.
Examples of the binder polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and the reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid. Examples thereof include the obtained epoxy acrylate resin and the acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting the epoxy acrylate resin with the acid anhydride.
 バインダーポリマーの好適態様の一つとして、アルカリ現像性及びフィルム形成性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリル樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位を有する樹脂を意味する。(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位のみで構成されていてもよく、(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の重合性単量体に由来する構成単位を有していてもよい。すなわち、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量の上限は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、100質量%以下が好ましい。
One of the preferred embodiments of the binder polymer is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
In the present specification, the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound. The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
The (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have a structural unit derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
 (メタ)アクリル化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、及び、(メタ)アクリロニトリルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジエチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジルエステル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリルアミドとしては、例えば、ジアセトンアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミドが挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester. ) Acrylic acid glycidyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate. Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
Examples of the (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルのアルキル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状であってもよい。具体例としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、及び、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル等の炭素数が1~12のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル又は(メタ)アクリル酸エチルがより好ましい。
The alkyl group of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester may be linear or branched. Specific examples include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ( Heptyl acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as dodecyl.
As the (meth) acrylic acid ester, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位以外の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 上記構成単位を形成する重合性単量体としては、(メタ)アクリル化合物と共重合可能な(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の化合物であれば特に制限されず、例えば、スチレン、ビニルトルエン及びα-メチルスチレン等のα位又は芳香族環に置換基を有してもよいスチレン化合物、アクリロニトリル及びビニル-n-ブチルエーテル等のビニルアルコールエステル、マレイン酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸モノメチル、マレイン酸モノエチル及びマレイン酸モノイソプロピル等のマレイン酸モノエステル、フマール酸、ケイ皮酸、α-シアノケイ皮酸、イタコン酸、並びに、クロトン酸が挙げられる。
 これらの重合性単量体は、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
The polymerizable monomer forming the structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that can be copolymerized with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene and α-methyl. Styrene compounds such as styrene which may have a substituent at the α-position or an aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, monoethyl maleate and Examples thereof include maleic acid monoesters such as maleic acid monoisopropyl, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, α-cyanocinnamic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid.
These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、アルカリ現像性をより良好にする点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及び、ホスホン酸基が挙げられる。
 なかでも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記の(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有することが更に好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
Among them, the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における酸基を有する構成単位(好ましくは(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位)の含有量は、現像性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましい。また、上限値は特に制限されないが、アルカリ耐性に優れる点で、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability, and is based on the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、上述した(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、1~90質量%が好ましく、1~80質量%がより好ましく、5~60質量%が更に好ましい。
Further, it is more preferable that the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, preferably 1 to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. More preferably, 5 to 60% by mass is further preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有する樹脂が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位のみで構成されている樹脂がより好ましい。
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位、メタクリル酸メチルに由来する構成単位、及び、アクリル酸エチルに由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂も好ましい。
As the (meth) acrylic resin, a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable. A resin composed only of structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
Further, as the (meth) acrylic resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を有することが好ましく、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有することが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂におけるメタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以下がより好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
The total content of the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid and the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is higher than that of all the constituent units of the (meth) acrylic resin because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 40% by mass or more is preferable, and 60% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種とを有することも好ましい。
 本発明の効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量に対して、質量比で60/40~80/20が好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, and acrylic acid, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester.
From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester. The mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the total content of the ester.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、転写後の感光性組成物層の現像性に優れる点で、末端にエステル基を有することが好ましい。
 なお、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の末端部は、合成に用いた重合開始剤に由来する部位により構成される。末端にエステル基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、エステル基を有するラジカルを発生する重合開始剤を用いることにより合成できる。
The (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the terminal in that the photosensitive composition layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
The terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis. A (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
 また、バインダーポリマーの別の好適態様としては、アクリル可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。
 なお、本開示において、「アルカリ可溶性」とは、22℃において炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。
 バインダーポリマーは、例えば、現像性の点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のバインダーポリマーであることが好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、例えば、加熱により架橋成分と熱架橋し、強固な膜を形成しやすいという点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有樹脂)であることがより好ましく、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂)であることが更に好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーがカルボキシ基を有する樹脂であると、例えば、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等の熱架橋性化合物を添加して熱架橋することで、3次元架橋密度を高めることができる。また、カルボキシ基を有する樹脂のカルボキシ基が無水化され、疎水化すると、湿熱耐性が改善し得る。
Further, another preferred embodiment of the binder polymer is an acrylic soluble resin.
In the present disclosure, "alkali-soluble" means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
The binder polymer is preferably, for example, a binder polymer having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability.
Further, the binder polymer is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with the crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film. More preferably, it is a (meth) acrylic resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin).
When the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxy group, the three-dimensional crosslink density can be increased by, for example, adding a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound to thermally crosslink the binder polymer. Further, when the carboxy group of the resin having a carboxy group is made anhydrous and hydrophobic, the wet heat resistance can be improved.
 酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、上記酸価の条件を満たす限りにおいて、特に制限はなく、公知の(メタ)アクリル樹脂から適宜選択できる。
 例えば、特開2011-095716号公報の段落[0025]に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落[0033]~[0052]に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂等を好ましく用いることができる。
The carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
For example, among the polymers described in paragraph [0025] of JP-A-2011-095716, carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, paragraphs [0033] to [0052] of JP-A-2010-237589. Among the polymers described in the above, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
 バインダーポリマーの他の好適態様としてはスチレン-アクリル共重合体が挙げられる。
 なお、本開示において、スチレン-アクリル共重合体とは、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位と、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位とを有する樹脂を指し、上記スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位、及び、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、100質量%以下が好ましい。
 また、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、1質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、5~80質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、20~95質量%が更に好ましい。
Another preferred embodiment of the binder polymer is a styrene-acrylic copolymer.
In the present disclosure, the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and the structural unit derived from the styrene compound. The total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100% by mass or less.
The content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 5 to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20 to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Is more preferable.
 バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、芳香環構造を有することが好ましく、芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 芳香環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、スチレン、及び重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、及びスチレントリマー等)が挙げられる。なかでも、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、又はスチレンが好ましい。
 アラルキル基としては、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)、及び置換又は非置換のベンジル基等が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基が好ましい。
The binder polymer preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The monomers forming the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid). , Styrene dimer, styrene trimmer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
 フェニルアルキル基を有する単量体としては、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
 ベンジル基を有する単量体としては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びクロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等;ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー、例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、及びビニルベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。なかでも、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、下記式(S)で表される構成単位(スチレンに由来する構成単位)を有することがより好ましい。
Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate; a vinyl monomer having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, and the like. Examples include vinylbenzyl alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable.
Further, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 バインダーポリマーが芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~90質量%が好ましく、10~70質量%がより好ましく、20~60質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 なお、本開示において、「構成単位」の含有量をモル比で規定する場合、上記「構成単位」は「モノマー単位」と同義であるものとする。また、本開示において、上記「モノマー単位」は、高分子反応等により重合後に修飾されていてもよい。以下においても同様である。
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is 5 to 90 mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. % Is preferable, 10 to 70% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 60% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. -60 mol% is more preferred, and 20-60 mol% is even more preferred.
In the present disclosure, when the content of the "constituent unit" is specified by the molar ratio, the above "constituent unit" shall be synonymous with the "monomer unit". Further, in the present disclosure, the above-mentioned "monomer unit" may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
 バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、単環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造、又は、多環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有することが好ましい。つまり、バインダーポリマーは、単環又は多環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。なかでも、バインダーポリマーは、多環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有することがより好ましく、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有することが更に好ましい。 The binder polymer preferably has a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. That is, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having a monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. Among them, the binder polymer more preferably has a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and further preferably has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位における脂肪族炭化水素環構造を構成する環としては、トリシクロデカン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロペンタン環、ノルボルナン環、及び、イソボロン環が挙げられる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環が好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環(トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン環)がより好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記式(S)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
Among them, a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring (tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane) is preferable. Ring) is more preferred.
Examples of the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
Further, the binder polymer more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy), and the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the following formula. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by (Cy).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(Cy)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、RCyは脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基を表す。式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、単環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造、又は、多環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造であってもよい。 In the formula (Cy), RM represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and RCy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) may be a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
 式(Cy)におけるRは、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 式(Cy)におけるRCyは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、炭素数5~20の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~16の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数8~14の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが更に好ましい。
 また、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、シクロペンタン環構造、シクロヘキサン環構造、若しくは、イソボロン環構造等の単環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造、又は、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造、若しくは、ノルボルナン環構造等の多環の脂肪族炭化水素環構造であることが好ましく、シクロヘキサン環構造、又は、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることがより好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることが更に好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、多環の脂肪族炭化水素環であることが好ましく、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造であることがより好ましく、2~4環の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環であることが更に好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)におけるRCyは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、式(Cy)における-C(=O)O-の酸素原子と脂肪族炭化水素環構造(単環又は多環であってもよい)とが直接結合する基、すなわち、脂肪族炭化水素環基であることが好ましく、シクロヘキシル基、又は、ジシクロペンタニル基であることがより好ましく、ジシクロペンタニル基であることが更に好ましい。
The RM in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a methyl group.
The RCy in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fat having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is more preferably a monovalent group having a group hydrocarbon ring structure, and even more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms.
Further, as the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ), a monocyclic aliphatic ring structure such as a cyclopentane ring structure, a cyclohexane ring structure, or an isoborone ring structure is obtained because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure such as a hydrocarbon ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, or a norbornane ring structure, and is a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure. More preferably, it is more preferably a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure.
Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring because the effect of the present invention is more excellent, and is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. A ring structure in which the ring is condensed is more preferable, and a ring in which 2 to 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is further preferable.
Further, RCy in the formula ( Cy ) has an oxygen atom of —C (= O) O— in the formula (Cy) and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (monocyclic or polycyclic) because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable that it is a group to which it is directly bonded (which may be), that is, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a cyclohexyl group or a dicyclopentanyl group, and a dicyclopentanyl group. It is more preferable to have.
 バインダーポリマーは、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~90質量%が好ましく、10~80質量%がより好ましく、20~70質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is higher than that of all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 5 to 90% by mass is preferable, 10 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 70% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the constituent unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention, and is preferably 10 to 70 mol%. 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. -60 mol% is more preferred, and 20-60 mol% is even more preferred.
 バインダーポリマーが芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~90質量%が好ましく、20~80質量%がより好ましく、30~75質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~80モル%が好ましく、20~70モル%がより好ましく、30~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位及び上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の総含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~80モル%が好ましく、20~70モル%がより好ましく、30~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位のモル量nSと上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位のモル量nCyは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、下記式(SCy)に示す関係を満たすことが好ましく、下記式(SCy-1)を満たすことがより好ましく、下記式(SCy-2)を満たすことが更に好ましい。
  0.20≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.80   式(SCy)
  0.30≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.75   式(SCy-1)
  0.40≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.70   式(SCy-2)
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the present. From the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the invention, 10 to 90% by mass is preferable, 20 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 30 to 75% by mass is further preferable, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer.
Further, the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is 10 with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferably -80 mol%, more preferably 20-70 mol%, still more preferably 30-60 mol%.
Further, the total content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is the total structural unit of the binder polymer from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. On the other hand, 10 to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 30 to 60 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are given by the following formulas because the effects of the present invention are more excellent. It is preferable to satisfy the relationship shown in (SCy), more preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-1), and further preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-2).
0.20 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.80 equation (SCy)
0.30 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.75 Equation (SCy-1)
0.40 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.70 Equation (SCy-2)
 バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 上記酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ホスホン酸基、及び、リン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 上記酸基を有する構成単位としては、下記に示す、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位が好ましく、メタクリル酸由来の構成単位がより好ましい。
The binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an acid group because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
As the structural unit having the acid group, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid shown below is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 バインダーポリマーは、酸基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが酸基を有する構成単位を有する場合、酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~50質量%が好ましく、5~40質量%がより好ましく、10~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましく、15~40モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましく、15~40モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an acid group, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is 5 to 50% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable, 5 to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10 to 30% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 50 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. More preferably, 15-40 mol% is even more preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention, and is preferably 10 to 50. More preferably, mol%, more preferably 15-40 mol%.
 バインダーポリマーは、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、反応性基を有することが好ましく、反応性基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 反応性基としては、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基がより好ましい。また、バインダーポリマーがエチレン性不飽和基を有している場合、バインダーポリマーは、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 本開示において、「主鎖」とは、樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖を表し、「側鎖」とは、主鎖から枝分かれしている原子団を表す。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 反応性基を有する構成単位の一例としては、下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
The binder polymer preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
As the reactive group, a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. When the binder polymer has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
In the present disclosure, the "main chain" represents a relatively longest bound chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" represents an atomic group branched from the main chain. ..
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acrylic group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
Examples of structural units having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 バインダーポリマーは、反応性基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが反応性基を有する構成単位を有する場合、反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70質量%が好ましく、10~50質量%がより好ましく、20~40質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましく、20~50モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having a reactive group, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is 5 to 70 mass by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. % Is preferable, 10 to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 40% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, preferably 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 20 to 50 mol% is further preferable.
 反応性基をバインダーポリマーに導入する手段としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、第一級アミノ基、第二級アミノ基、アセトアセチル基、及び、スルホ基等の官能基に、エポキシ化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物、イソシアネート化合物、ビニルスルホン化合物、アルデヒド化合物、メチロール化合物、及び、カルボン酸無水物等の化合物を反応させる方法が挙げられる。
 反応性基をバインダーポリマーに導入する手段の好ましい例としては、カルボキシ基を有するポリマーを重合反応により合成した後、高分子反応により、得られたポリマーのカルボキシ基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させて、(メタ)アクリロキシ基をポリマーに導入する手段が挙げられる。この手段により、側鎖に(メタ)アクリロキシ基を有するバインダーポリマーを得ることができる。
 上記重合反応は、70~100℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましく、80~90℃の温度条件で行うことがより好ましい。上記重合反応に用いる重合開始剤としては、アゾ系開始剤が好ましく、例えば、富士フイルム和光純薬社製のV-601(商品名)又はV-65(商品名)がより好ましい。上記高分子反応は、80~110℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましい。上記高分子反応においては、アンモニウム塩等の触媒を用いることが好ましい。
As a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer, a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate are used. Examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as a compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
A preferred example of a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer is that a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction and then glycidyl (meth) acrylate is added to a part of the carboxy group of the obtained polymer by the polymer reaction. Is mentioned as a means for introducing a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer by reacting with the polymer. By this means, a binder polymer having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
The polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 to 90 ° C. As the polymerization initiator used in the above polymerization reaction, an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable. The polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 to 110 ° C. In the above polymer reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
 バインダーポリマーとしては、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、以下に示すポリマーが好ましい。なお、以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率(a~d)及び重量平均分子量Mw等は目的に応じて適宜変更できる。
 以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率aは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、20~60質量%が好ましい。bは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。cは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5.0~25質量%が好ましい。dは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。
As the binder polymer, the polymers shown below are preferable because the effects of the present invention are more excellent. The content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each structural unit shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
The content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer. b is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率aは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、20~60質量%が好ましい。bは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。cは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5.0~25質量%が好ましい。dは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。 The content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer. b is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率aは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、30~65質量%が好ましい。bは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、1.0~20質量%が好ましい。cは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5.0~25質量%が好ましい。dは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。 The content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 30 to 65% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer. b is preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率aは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、1.0~20質量%が好ましい。bは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、20~60質量%が好ましい。cは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5.0~25質量%が好ましい。dは、以下のバインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10~50質量%が好ましい。 The content ratio a of each structural unit shown below is preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the following binder polymer. b is preferably 20 to 60% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. c is preferably 5.0 to 25% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers. d is preferably 10 to 50% by mass with respect to all the constituent units of the following binder polymers.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 また、バインダーポリマーは、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位を有する重合体(以下、「重合体X」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
 カルボン酸無水物構造は、鎖状カルボン酸無水物構造、及び環状カルボン酸無水物構造のいずれであってもよいが、環状カルボン酸無水物構造であることが好ましい。
 環状カルボン酸無水物構造の環としては、5~7員環が好ましく、5員環又は6員環がより好ましく、5員環が更に好ましい。
Further, the binder polymer may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
The carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5- to 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を2つ除いた2価の基を主鎖中に含む構成単位、又は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を1つ除いた1価の基が主鎖に対して直接又は2価の連結基を介して結合している構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式P-1中、RA1aは、置換基を表し、n1a個のRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよく、Z1aは、-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-を含む環を形成する2価の基を表し、n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。 In the formula P-1, RA1a represents a substituent, n1a RA1a may be the same or different, and Z1a is −C (= O) −OC (= O) −. Represents a divalent group forming a ring containing, and n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
 RA1aで表される置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Z1aとしては、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数2のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。Z1aが炭素数2~4のアルキレン基を表す場合、n1aは、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。
 n1aが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数存在するRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在するRA1aは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよいが、互いに結合して環を形成していないことが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
As Z 1a , an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more. When Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
When n 1a represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, although a plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, it is preferable that the RA1a are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位としては、不飽和カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が好ましく、不飽和環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位がより好ましく、不飽和脂肪族環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が更に好ましく、無水マレイン酸又は無水イタコン酸に由来する構成単位が特に好ましく、無水マレイン酸に由来する構成単位が最も好ましい。 As the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable. A structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or an itaconic acid anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
 以下、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の具体例を挙げるが、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、これらの具体例に限定されるものではない。下記の構成単位中、Rxは、水素原子、メチル基、CHOH基、又はCF基を表し、Meは、メチル基を表す。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure will be given, but the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is not limited to these specific examples. In the following structural units, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups, and Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 重合体Xにおけるカルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、1種単独であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。 The structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、重合体Xの全構成単位に対して、0~60モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%がより好ましく、10~35モル%が更に好ましい。 The total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and further preferably 10 to 35 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. preferable.
 感光性組成物層は、重合体Xを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性組成物層が重合体Xを含む場合、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、重合体Xの含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.10~30.00質量%が好ましく、0.20~20.00質量%がより好ましく、0.20~5.00質量%が更に好ましく、0.50~1.50質量%が特に好ましい。
The photosensitive composition layer may contain only one kind of polymer X, or may contain two or more kinds of polymer X.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains the polymer X, the content of the polymer X is 0.10 to 30.00 with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The mass% is preferable, 0.20 to 20.00 mass% is more preferable, 0.20 to 5.00 mass% is further preferable, and 0.50 to 1.50 mass% is particularly preferable.
 バインダーポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、5,000以上が好ましく、10,000以上がより好ましく、10,000~50,000が更に好ましく、10,000~30,000が特に好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーの分散度(重量平均分子量Mw/数平均分子量Mn)は、現像残渣低減の点から、1.0~3.0が好ましく、2.0~3.0がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and 10,000 to 10,000, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. ~ 30,000 is particularly preferable.
The dispersity of the binder polymer (weight average molecular weight Mw / number average molecular weight Mn) is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 2.0 to 3.0, from the viewpoint of reducing the development residue.
 バインダーポリマーの酸価は、10~200mgKOH/gが好ましく、60~200mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60~150mgKOH/gが更に好ましく、60~110mgKOH/gが特に好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーの酸価は、JIS K0070:1992に記載の方法に従って、測定される値である。
The acid value of the binder polymer is preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 60 to 200 mgKOH / g, further preferably 60 to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 60 to 110 mgKOH / g.
The acid value of the binder polymer is a value measured according to the method described in JIS K0070: 1992.
 バインダーポリマーとしては、重合体Aも好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーが重合体Aである場合、感光性組成物層はネガ型感光性組成物層であることが好ましい。
 重合体Aは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。
 重合体Aの酸価は、現像液による感光性組成物層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性がより優れる観点から、220mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g未満がより好ましく、190mgKOH/g未満が更に好ましい。
 重合体Aの酸価の下限は特に制限されないが、現像性がより優れる観点から、60mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、120mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましく、170mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。
As the binder polymer, polymer A is also preferable.
When the binder polymer is the polymer A, the photosensitive composition layer is preferably a negative photosensitive composition layer.
The polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and 190 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive composition layer by the developing solution. Less than g is more preferable.
The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable. Especially preferable.
 なお、酸価(mgKOH/g)とは、試料1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの質量[mg]である。酸価は、例えば、化合物中における酸基の平均含有量から算出できる。
 重合体Aの酸価は、重合体Aを構成する構成単位の種類及び酸基を含む構成単位の含有量により調整すればよい。
The acid value (mgKOH / g) is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
The acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing the acid group.
 重合体Aの重量平均分子量は、5,000~500,000が好ましい。重量平均分子量が500,000以下の場合、解像性及び現像性を向上させる観点から好ましい。重量平均分子量は、100,000以下がより好ましく、60,000以下が更に好ましい。一方で、重量平均分子量が5,000以上の場合、現像凝集物の性状、並びにネガ型感光性樹脂積層体とした場合のエッジフューズ性及びカットチップ性等の未露光膜の性状を制御する観点から好ましい。重量平均分子量は、10,000以上がより好ましく、20,000以上が更に好ましく、30,000以上が特に好ましい。エッジフューズ性とは、ネガ型感光性樹脂積層体としてロール状に巻き取った場合に、ロールの端面からの、感光性組成物層のはみ出し易さの程度をいう。カットチップ性とは、未露光膜をカッターで切断した場合に、チップの飛び易さの程度をいう。このチップがネガ型感光性樹脂積層体の上面等に付着すると、後の露光工程等でマスクに転写して、不良品の原因となる。重合体Aの分散度は、1.0~6.0が好ましく、1.0~5.0がより好ましく、1.0~4.0が更に好ましく、1.0~3.0が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less. On the other hand, when the weight average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film such as the edge fuse property and the cut chip property when the negative photosensitive resin laminate is used. Is preferable. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge fuse property refers to the degree of ease with which the photosensitive composition layer protrudes from the end face of the roll when it is wound into a roll as a negative photosensitive resin laminate. The cut chip property refers to the degree of ease of chip flying when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. When this chip adheres to the upper surface of the negative photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it is transferred to the mask in a later exposure step or the like, which causes a defective product. The dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 3.0. ..
 感光性組成物層は、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含むことが好ましい。なお、このような芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換又は非置換のフェニル基、及び置換又は非置換のアラルキル基が挙げられる。重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位の含有量は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。上限としては特に限定されないが、重合体Aの全質量に対して、95質量%以下が好ましく、85質量%以下がより好ましい。なお、重合体Aを複数種類含む場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位の含有量の平均値が上記範囲内になることが好ましい。 In the photosensitive composition layer, from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure, the polymer A is a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferable to include it. Examples of such aromatic hydrocarbon groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups. The content of the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 85% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A. When a plurality of types of the polymer A are contained, it is preferable that the average value of the content of the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is within the above range.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体としては、例えば、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、スチレン、及び重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、及びスチレントリマー等)が挙げられる。なかでも、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、又はスチレンが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がスチレンである場合、スチレンに基づく構成単位の含有量は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、20~70質量%が好ましく、25~65質量%がより好ましく、30~60質量%が更に好ましく、30~55質量%が特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinyl benzoic acid). Acids, styrene dimers, styrene trimers, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content of the structural unit based on styrene is 20 to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. Is preferable, 25 to 65% by mass is more preferable, 30 to 60% by mass is further preferable, and 30 to 55% by mass is particularly preferable.
 アラルキル基としては、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)、及び置換又は非置換のベンジル基等が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基が好ましい。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
 フェニルアルキル基を有する単量体としては、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.
 ベンジル基を有する単量体としては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びクロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等;ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー、例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、及びビニルベンジルアルコールが挙げられる。なかでも、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がベンジル(メタ)アクリレートである場合、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに基づく構成単位の含有量は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、50~95質量%が好ましく、60~90質量%がより好ましく、70~90質量%が更に好ましく、75~90質量%が特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate; a vinyl monomer having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, and the like. Vinyl benzyl alcohol can be mentioned. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is benzyl (meth) acrylate, the content of the structural unit based on the benzyl (meth) acrylate is the total mass of the polymer A. On the other hand, 50 to 95% by mass is preferable, 60 to 90% by mass is more preferable, 70 to 90% by mass is further preferable, and 75 to 90% by mass is particularly preferable.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含む重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体と、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種及び/又は後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを重合することにより得られることが好ましい。 The polymer A containing a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described later, and / or described below. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the second monomers.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含まない重合体Aは、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種を重合することにより得られることが好ましく、第一の単量体の少なくとも1種と後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを共重合することにより得られることがより好ましい。 The polymer A containing no structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and is preferably the first single amount. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing at least one kind of the body and at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
 第一の単量体は、分子中にカルボキシル基を有する単量体である。第一の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸無水物、及びマレイン酸半エステルが挙げられる。これらのなかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第一の単量体に基づく構成単位の含有量は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、5~50質量%が好ましく、10~40質量%がより好ましく、10~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 上記含有量を5質量%以上にすることは、良好な現像性を発現させる観点、エッジフューズ性を制御する等の観点から好ましい。上記含有量を50質量%以下にすることは、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から好ましい。
The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid anhydride, and maleic acid semi-ester. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
The content of the structural unit based on the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. % Is more preferable.
It is preferable that the content is 5% by mass or more from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability, controlling edge fuseability, and the like. It is preferable that the content is 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution of the resist pattern and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern.
 第二の単量体は、非酸性であり、且つ、分子中に重合性不飽和基を少なくとも1個有する単量体である。第二の単量体としては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類;酢酸ビニル等のビニルアルコールのエステル類;(メタ)アクリロニトリルが挙げられる。なかでも、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、又はn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第二の単量体に基づく構成単位の含有量は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、5~90質量%が好ましく、15~60質量%がより好ましく、20~45質量%が更に好ましい。
The second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate. , Tart-butyl (meth) acrylates, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylates, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylates, and (meth) acrylates such as 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylates; acetic acid. Esters of vinyl alcohols such as vinyl; (meth) acrylonitrile can be mentioned. Of these, methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, or n-butyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
The content of the structural unit based on the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, and 20 to 45% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. % Is more preferable.
 重合体Aがアラルキル基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位及び/又はスチレンを単量体に基づく構成単位を含む場合、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から好ましい。例えば、メタクリル酸に基づく構成単位とベンジルメタクリレートに基づく構成単位とスチレンに基づく構成単位を含む共重合体、メタクリル酸に基づく構成単位とメチルメタクリレートに基づく構成単位とベンジルメタクリレートに基づく構成単位とスチレンに基づく構成単位を含む共重合体等が好ましい。
 一態様において、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を25~55質量%、第一の単量体に基づく構成単位を20~35質量%、第二の単量体に基づく構成単位を15~45質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。また、別の態様において、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を70~90質量%、第一の単量体に基づく構成単位を10~25質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。
When the polymer A contains a monomer-based structural unit having an aralkyl group and / or a styrene-based monomer-based structural unit, it suppresses line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. It is preferable from the viewpoint of For example, a copolymer containing a methacrylic acid-based constituent unit, a benzyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, and a styrene-based constituent unit, a methacrylic acid-based constituent unit, a methyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, a benzyl methacrylate-based constituent unit, and a styrene. A copolymer or the like containing a structural unit based on the above is preferable.
In one embodiment, the polymer A has 25 to 55% by mass of a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20 to 35% by mass of a structural unit based on the first monomer, and a second. It is preferably a polymer containing 15 to 45% by mass of a constituent unit based on a monomer. In another embodiment, the polymer contains 70 to 90% by mass of a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10 to 25% by mass of a structural unit based on the first monomer. Is preferable.
 重合体Aは、側鎖に分岐構造及び/又は脂環構造を有してもよい。側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含むモノマー、又は側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含むモノマーを使用することによって、重合体Aの側鎖に分岐構造や脂環構造を導入することができる。
 側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含むモノマーの具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸i-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-iso-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-オクチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸t-オクチルが挙げられる。これらのなかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸i-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ブチル、又はメタクリル酸t-ブチルが好ましく、メタクリル酸i-プロピル又はメタクリル酸t-ブチルがより好ましい。
 側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含むモノマーの具体例としては、単環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマー、及び、多環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマーが挙げられる。また、炭素原子数5~20個の脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。より具体的な例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸(ビシクロ〔2.2.1]ヘプチル-2)、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-エチルアダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-5-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5,8-トリエチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-8-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシ-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-5-イル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-1-イルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-メンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカン、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6,6-トリメチル-ビシクロ〔3.1.1〕ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,7,7-トリメチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ビシクロ〔4.1.0〕ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2,2,5-トリメチルシクロヘキシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシルが挙げられる。これら(メタ)アクリル酸エステルのなかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-メンチル、又は(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、又は(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンがより好ましい。
The polymer A may have a branched structure and / or an alicyclic structure in the side chain. By using a monomer having a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer having a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. ..
Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include (meth) acrylate i-propyl, (meth) acrylate i-butyl, (meth) acrylate s-butyl, and (meth) acrylate t. -Butyl, (meth) acrylic acid i-amyl, (meth) acrylic acid t-amyl, (meth) acrylic acid sec-iso-amyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid 3-octyl, And t-octyl (meth) acrylate. Among these, i-propyl (meth) acrylate, i-butyl (meth) acrylate, or t-butyl methacrylate are preferable, and i-propyl methacrylate or t-butyl methacrylate are more preferable.
Specific examples of the monomer having a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Further, (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms can be mentioned. More specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth). -3-Methyl-1-adamantyl acrylate, -3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, -3-ethyladamantyl (meth) acrylate, -3-methyl-5-methyl (meth) acrylate Ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2 -Methyl-2-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, octahydro-4,7-mentanoindene (meth) acrylate-5- Il, Octahydro-4,7-mentanoinden-1-ylmethyl (meth) acrylate, -1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, -3-hydroxy- (meth) acrylate 2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo [3.1.1] heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo [4.1.0] heptyl, (meth) acrylic Examples thereof include acid (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate isobornyl, (meth) acrylate fentyl, (meth) acrylate-2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, and (meth) acrylate cyclohexyl. Among these (meth) acrylic acid esters, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid (nor) boronyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid -2-adamantyl, fentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate is preferred, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate, Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, -2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate are more preferred.
 重合体Aは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 2種以上を使用する場合には、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含む重合体Aを2種類混合使用すること、又は芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含む重合体Aと芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含まない重合体Aとを混合使用することが好ましい。後者の場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に基づく構成単位を含む重合体Aの使用割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上が更に好ましく、90質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%以下が好ましい。
The polymer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When two or more kinds are used, two kinds of polymers A containing a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group are mixed and used, or based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferable to use a mixture of the polymer A containing a structural unit and the polymer A not containing a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. In the latter case, the ratio of the polymer A containing the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. More preferably, 80% by mass or more is further preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 100% by mass or less.
 重合体Aの合成は、上述された単数又は複数の単量体を、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、及びイソプロパノール等の溶剤で希釈した溶液に、過酸化ベンゾイル、及びアゾイソブチロニトリル等のラジカル重合開始剤を適量添加し、加熱攪拌することにより行われることが好ましい。混合物の一部を反応液に滴下しながら合成を行う場合もある。反応終了後、更に溶剤を加えて、所望の濃度に調整する場合もある。合成手段としては、溶液重合以外に、塊状重合、懸濁重合、又は乳化重合を用いてもよい。 In the synthesis of the polymer A, a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is prepared by diluting the above-mentioned one or more monomers with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution for synthesis. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level. As the synthesis means, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
 重合体Aのガラス転移温度Tgは、30~135℃が好ましい。135℃以下のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することによって、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制できる。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、130℃以下がより好ましく、120℃以下が更に好ましく、110℃以下が特に好ましい。また、30℃以上のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、40℃以上がより好ましく、50℃以上が更に好ましく、60℃以上が特に好ましく、70℃以上が最も好ましい。 The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 to 135 ° C. By using the polymer A having a Tg of 135 ° C. or lower, it is possible to suppress the line width thickening and the deterioration of the resolution when the focal position at the time of exposure is deviated. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable to use the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher.
 感光性組成物層は、上述以外のその他の樹脂を重合体Aとして含んでもよい。
 その他の樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、スチレン-アクリル系共重合体、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a resin other than the above as the polymer A.
Other resins include acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, and poly. Examples thereof include benzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
 感光性組成物層は、バインダーポリマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーの含有量は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、10.00~90.00質量%が好ましく、30.00~80.00質量%がより好ましく、40.00~70.00質量%が更に好ましく、45.00~60.00質量%が特に好ましい。
The photosensitive composition layer may contain only one kind of binder polymer, or may contain two or more kinds of binder polymers.
The content of the binder polymer is preferably 10.00 to 90.00% by mass, and 30.00 to 80.00% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Is more preferable, 40.00 to 70.00% by mass is further preferable, and 45.00 to 60.00% by mass is particularly preferable.
[重合開始剤]
 感光性組成物層は、重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
 重合開始剤としては、特に制限されず、公知の重合開始剤を用いることができる。重合開始剤としては、光重合開始剤、又は、熱重合開始剤が好ましい。
 重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合開始剤又はカチオン重合開始剤であってもよい。
 重合開始剤としては、例えば、オキシムエステル構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下「オキシム系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、α-アミノアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下「α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下「α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系重合開始剤」ともいう。)、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下「アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、N-フェニルグリシン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下「N-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)が挙げられる。
[Polymer initiator]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerization initiator.
The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known polymerization initiator can be used. As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator is preferable.
The polymerization initiator may be a radical polymerization initiator or a cationic polymerization initiator.
Examples of the polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “oxym-based photopolymerization initiator”) and a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure (hereinafter, “α-amino”). Also referred to as "alkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator"), a photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure (hereinafter also referred to as "α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator"), and an acylphosphine oxide structure. Photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter, also referred to as "acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator"), photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure (hereinafter, also referred to as "N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator"). Can be mentioned.
 また、感光性組成物層は、感光性、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、光ラジカル重合開始剤として、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。なお、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体における2つの2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール構造は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体の誘導体としては、例えば、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジ(メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール二量体、2-(o-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、及び2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体が挙げられる。
Further, the photosensitive composition layer contains a 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitive, visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, and resolution. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the derivatives. The two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different.
Examples of the derivative of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di. (Methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- (o-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, and 2- (P-Methenylphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer can be mentioned.
 重合開始剤は、オキシム系光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系重合開始剤、及びN-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、オキシム系光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤、及びN-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましく、オキシム系光重合開始剤、及びα-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが更に好ましい。 The polymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. It preferably contains at least one, and preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator and an α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator.
 重合開始剤としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落[0031]~[0042]、及び特開2015-014783号公報の段落[0064]~[0081]に記載された重合開始剤も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerization initiator include the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs [0031] to [0042] of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs [0064] to [0081] of JP-A-2015-014783. Can be mentioned.
 重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)]フェニル-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE-01、BASF社製〕、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE-02、BASF社製〕、8-[5-(2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル)-11-(2-エチルヘキシル)-11H-ベンゾ[a]カルバゾイル][2-(2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロポキシ)フェニル]メタノン-(O-アセチルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE-03、BASF社製〕、1-[4-[4-(2-ベンゾフラニルカルボニル)フェニル]チオ]フェニル]-4-メチル-1-ペンタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE-04、BASF社製〕、オキシムエステル系の化合物〔商品名:Lunar(登録商標)6、DKSHジャパン社製〕、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロペンチルプロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-305、常州強力電子新材料社製)、1,2-プロパンジオン,3-シクロヘキシル-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-フラニルカルボニル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,2-(O-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-326、常州強力電子新材料社製)、び3-シクロヘキシル-1-(6-(2-(ベンゾイルオキシイミノ)ヘキサノイル)-9-エチル-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル)-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-391、常州強力電子新材料社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)379EG、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)907、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)127、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)369、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)1173、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)184、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad651、IGM Resins B.V.社製〕、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキサイド、及び(1-(ビフェニル-4-イル)-2-メチル-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名:APi-307、Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.社製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerization initiator include 1- [4- (phenylthio)] phenyl-1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF). ], 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE® OXE-02, BASF , 8- [5- (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) -11- (2-ethylhexyl) -11H-benzo [a] carbazoyl] [2- (2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro) Propoxy) Phenyl] Metanon- (O-Acetyloxyme) [Product name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-03, manufactured by BASF], 1- [4- [4- (2-benzofuranylcarbonyl) phenyl] thio] Phenyl] -4-methyl-1-pentanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-04, manufactured by BASF], oxime ester compound [trade name: Lunar (registered trademark) ) 6, DKSH Japan], 1- [4- (Phenylthio) phenyl] -3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-305, Changzhou (Manufactured by Strong Electronics New Materials), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-furanylcarbonyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl]-, 2- (O) -Acetyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), and 3-cyclohexyl-1- (6- (2- (benzoyloxyimino) hexanoyl) -9-ethyl-9H- Carbazole-3-yl) -Propane-1,2-dione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), 2- (dimethylamino) -2 -[(4-Methylphenyl) Methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 379EG, IGM Resins B. V. , 2-Methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one [Product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 907, IGM Resins B.I. V. , 2-Hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 127 , IGM Resins B. V. , 2-Benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 [Product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 369, IGM Resins B.I. V. , 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 1173, IGM Resins B. V. Manufactured by], 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 184, IGM Resins B. V. , 2,2-Dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one [Product name: Omnirad651, IGM Resins B.I. V. , 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphinoxide, and (1- (biphenyl-4-yl) -2-methyl-2-morpholinopropane-1-one (trade name: API-307) , Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.).
 光カチオン重合開始剤(光酸発生剤)は、活性光線を受けて酸を発生する化合物である。光カチオン重合開始剤としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造は制限されない。また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光カチオン重合開始剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく使用できる。
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤がより好ましく、pKaが2以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が特に好ましい。pKaの下限値は特に定めないが、例えば、-10.0以上が好ましい。
The photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light rays. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited. In addition, a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used. The generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤及び非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤として、例えば、ジアリールヨードニウム塩類及びトリアリールスルホニウム塩類等のオニウム塩化合物、並びに、第4級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、特開2014-085643号公報の段落0114~0133に記載のイオン性光カチオン重合開始剤を用いてもよい。
Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-085643 may be used.
 非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、例えば、トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、及びオキシムスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物及びイミドスルホネート化合物としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0083~0088に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。また、オキシムスルホネート化合物としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0084~0088に記載された化合物を用いてもよい。 Examples of the nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. As the trichloromethyl-s-triazines, the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 886 of JP-A-2011-22149 may be used. Further, as the oxime sulfonate compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
 感光性組成物層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことが好ましく、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof.
 重合開始剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層における重合開始剤の含有量は特に制限されないが、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.10質量%以上が好ましく、0.50質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、10.00質量%以下が好ましく、5.00質量%以下がより好ましい。
The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerization initiator in the photosensitive composition layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.10% by mass or more, more preferably 0.50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10.00% by mass or less, more preferably 5.00% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
[重合性化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 重合性化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物である。重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、及び、カチオン重合性基が挙げられ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
[Polymerizable compound]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基を有するラジカル重合性化合物(以下、単に「エチレン性不飽和化合物」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましい。
 本明細書において、エチレン性不飽和化合物は、上記バインダーポリマー以外の化合物であり、分子量5,000未満であることが好ましい。
The polymerizable compound preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
In the present specification, the ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound other than the above binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
 重合性化合物としては、下記式(M)で表される化合物(単に、「化合物M」ともいう。)が好ましい。
  Q-R1a-Q   式(M)
 式(M)中、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、Rは鎖状構造を有する2価の連結基を表す。
As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply also referred to as “Compound M”) is preferable.
Q2 -R 1a -Q 1 set (M)
In formula (M), Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
 式(M)におけるQ及びQは、合成容易性の点から、Q及びQは同じ基であることが好ましい。
 また、式(M)におけるQ及びQは、反応性の点から、アクリロイルオキシ基であることが好ましい。
 式(M)におけるR1aとしては、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、アルキレン基、アルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-L-O-L-)、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-(L-O)-L-)が好ましく、炭素数2~20の炭化水素基、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数4~20のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数6~18の直鎖アルキレン基が特に好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基は、少なくとも一部に鎖状構造を有していればよく、上記鎖状構造以外の部分としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、分岐鎖状、環状、又は、炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、及びそれらの組み合わせのいずれであってもよく、アルキレン基、又は、2つ以上のアルキレン基と1つ以上のアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましく、アルキレン基がより好ましく、直鎖アルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 なお、上記Lは、それぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、エチレン基、プロピレン基、又は、ブチレン基が好ましく、エチレン基、又は、1,2-プロピレン基がより好ましい。pは2以上の整数を表し、2~10の整数が好ましい。
It is preferable that Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) have the same group as Q 1 and Q 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
As R 1a in the formula (M), an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxyalkylene group (-L 1 -OL 1- ), or a polyalkylene oxyalkylene group (-(L)" is used because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 1 -O) p -L 1- ) is preferable, a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group is more preferable, an alkylene group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen linear alkylene groups are particularly preferred.
The hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least partially, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms. It may be any of 5 linear alkylene groups, arylene groups, ether bonds, and combinations thereof, and the alkylene group or the group in which two or more alkylene groups and one or more arylene groups are combined is used. Preferably, an alkylene group is more preferred, and a linear alkylene group is even more preferred.
The above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group is more preferable. p represents an integer of 2 or more, and an integer of 2 to 10 is preferable.
 また、化合物MにおけるQとQとの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、3~50個が好ましく、4~40個がより好ましく、6~20個が更に好ましく、8~12個が特に好ましい。
 本開示において、「QとQの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数」とは、Qに連結するRにおける原子からQに連結するRにおける原子までを連結する最短の原子数である。
Further, the number of atoms of the shortest connecting chain for connecting Q1 and Q2 in compound M is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect of the present invention. 6 to 20 are more preferable, and 8 to 12 are particularly preferable.
In the present disclosure, "the number of atoms in the shortest connecting chain connecting between Q1 and Q2 " is the shortest linking from the atom in R1 connected to Q1 to the atom in R1 connected to Q2 . The number of atoms in.
 化合物Mとしては、例えば、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,7-ヘプタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,8-オクタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールFのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレンレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール/プロピレングリコール)ジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びポリブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。上記エステルモノマーは混合物としても使用できる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、化合物Mとしては、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましく、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが更に好ましい。
Examples of the compound M include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate. , 7-Heptane diol di (meth) acrylate, 1,8-octane diol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonane diol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decane diol di (meth) acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol Di (meth) acrylate of A, di (meth) acrylate of hydrogenated bisphenol F, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylenelen glycol di (meth) acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol / propylene glycol) di (meth) acrylate, And polybutylene glycol di (meth) acrylate. The ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.
Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the compound M includes 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonane diol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,10-decane di (meth) acrylate. It is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of meta) acrylate and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, preferably 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate and 1,9-nonane diol di. More preferably, it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, with 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and More preferably, it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate.
 また、重合性化合物としては、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましい。
 本明細書において、「2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物」とは、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を2つ以上有する化合物を意味する。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物におけるエチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
Further, as the polymerizable compound, a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferable.
As used herein, the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound" means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group in the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 上記化合物M以外の2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びトリシクロデカンジメナノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
The bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimenanol di (meth) acrylate.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物の市販品としては、例えば、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、トリシクロデカンジメナノールジメタクリレート(商品名:NKエステル DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、及び1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-HD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include, for example, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimenanoldi. Methacrylate (trade name: NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Examples thereof include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸(メタ)アクリレート、及び、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート骨格の(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。
The trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerintri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
 ここで、「(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及びヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念であり、「(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート及びテトラ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。 Here, "(tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate" is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate. , "(Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
 重合性化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のカプロラクトン変性化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標) DPCA-20、及び、新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300-1CL等)、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標) R-604、新中村化学工業(株)製ATM-35E、A-9300、及び、ダイセル・オルネクス社のEBECRYL(登録商標) 135等)、及び、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製NKエステル A-GLY-9E等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include a caprolactone-modified compound of a (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD® DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.). ), (Meta) acrylate compound alkylene oxide-modified compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) R-604 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and Dycel Ornex EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135, etc.) and ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
 重合性化合物としては、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物〔好ましくは3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物〕も挙げられる。
 3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、アクリット8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル社製)、NKエステル UA-32P(新中村化学工業社製)、NKエステル UA-1100H(新中村化学工業社製)が挙げられる。
 また、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートも挙げられる。官能基数の下限としては、6官能以上がより好ましく、8官能以上が更に好ましい。なお、官能基数の上限としては、20官能以下が好ましい。3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業(株)製)、U-15HA(新中村化学工業(株)製)、UA-1100H(新中村化学工業(株)製)、共栄社化学(株)製のAH-600(商品名)、並びに、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、UA-510H、及びUX-5000(いずれも日本化薬(株)製)が挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds [preferably trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylate compounds].
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylate compound include Acryt 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.), NK Ester UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and NK Ester UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). (Manufactured by the company).
Further, as the urethane (meth) acrylate, a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned. As the lower limit of the number of functional groups, 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable. The upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 or less. Examples of trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ), UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (trade name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H. , And UX-5000 (both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 重合性化合物としては、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましい。
 酸基としては、例えば、リン酸基、スルホ基、及び、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。
 なかでも、酸基としては、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、酸基を有する3~4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物〔ペンタエリスリトールトリ及びテトラアクリレート(PETA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの(酸価:80~120mgKOH/g)〕、及び酸基を有する5~6官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ及びヘキサアクリレート(DPHA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの〔酸価:25~70mgKOH/g)〕が挙げられる。
 これら酸基を有する3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、必要に応じ、酸基を有する2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物と併用してもよい。
As the polymerizable compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is preferable.
Examples of the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group.
Of these, the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, a 3- to 4-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and a tetraacrylate (PETA) skeleton introduced with a carboxy group (acid value: 80 to 80). 120 mgKOH / g)] and a 5- to 6-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group (dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate (DPHA) skeleton with a carboxy group introduced [acid value: 25 to 70 mgKOH / g). ] Is mentioned.
These trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group may be used in combination with a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, if necessary.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であると、現像性及び膜強度がより高まる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、特に制限されず、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-520(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-510(東亞合成(株)製)が挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
When the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are improved. It will be higher.
The bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). ), Aronix (registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落[0025]~[0030]に記載の酸基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、この公報に記載の内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the content described in this publication is described in this publication. Incorporated in the specification.
 重合性化合物としては、例えば、多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、グリシジル基含有化合物にα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、ウレタン結合を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物等のウレタンモノマー、γ-クロロ-β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、β-ヒドロキシエチル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、及び、β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート等のフタル酸系化合物、並びに、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルも挙げられる。
 これらは単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用される。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a urethane. Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds having a bond, γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, β-hydroxyethyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as -o-phthalate and β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters.
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物としては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、及び、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン等のビスフェノールA系(メタ)アクリレート化合物、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であり、かつ、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレンポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンテトラエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンペンタエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 なかでも、上記化合物としては、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis. Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acrylamide polypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups. And, polyethylene polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxytri (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups. , Trimethylolpropane diethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane triethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tetraethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane pentaethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ) Tetra acrylate, tetramethylol methanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methanetetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate. Can be mentioned.
Among them, as the above compound, an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropanetri (meth) are preferable. ) Acrylate or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylate is more preferable.
 なかでも、重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)としては、転写後の感光性組成物層の現像性に優れる点で、エステル結合を含むものも好ましい。
 エステル結合を含むエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、分子内にエステル結合を含むものであれば特に制限されないが、本発明の効果が優れる点で、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、信頼性付与の点から、炭素数6~20の脂肪族基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、上記のテトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物と、を含むことが好ましい。
 炭素数6以上の脂肪族構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びトリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
Among them, as the polymerizable compound (particularly, an ethylenically unsaturated compound), a compound containing an ester bond is preferable in that the photosensitive composition layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but is not ethylene-free having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure in that the effect of the present invention is excellent. Saturated compounds are preferred, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylates, trimethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylates, or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylates are more preferred.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure from the viewpoint of imparting reliability. And, preferably.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanol. Di (meth) acrylate can be mentioned.
 重合性化合物としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する重合性化合物(好ましくは、2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)が挙げられる。
 上記重合性化合物としては、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造(好ましくは、トリシクロデカン構造及びトリシクロデセン構造からなる群から選択される構造)を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物がより好ましく、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが更に好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、シクロペンタン構造、シクロヘキサン構造、トリシクロデカン構造、トリシクロデセン構造、ノルボルナン構造、又は、イソボロン構造が好ましい。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed (preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure) is used. Preferably, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
As the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tricyclodecene structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
 重合性化合物の分子量は、200~3,000が好ましく、250~2,600がより好ましく、280~2,200が更に好ましく、300~2,200が特に好ましい。
 感光性組成物層に含まれる重合性化合物のうち、分子量300以下の重合性化合物の含有量の割合は、感光性組成物層に含まれる全ての重合性化合物の含有量に対して、30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 分子量300以下の重合性化合物の含有量の割合の下限は、特に制限されないが、1.0質量%以上が好ましい。
The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, still more preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
The ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer is 30% by mass with respect to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer. % Or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
The lower limit of the content ratio of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more.
 感光性組成物層は、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、3官能又は4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, more preferably a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and a trifunctional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound. It is more preferable to include it.
 感光性組成物層は、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び脂肪族炭化水素環を有する構造単位を有するバインダーポリマーを含むことも好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a binder polymer having a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
 感光性組成物層は、式(M)で表される化合物、及び酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、及びカルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、及び、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸変性体を含むことが更に好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and is preferably 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and the like. And more preferably containing a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, succinic acid variants of 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate. It is more preferable to include it.
 感光性組成物層は、式(M)で表される化合物、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び後述する熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましく、式(M)で表される化合物、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、後述するブロックイソシアネート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a thermally crosslinkable compound described later, and the compound represented by the formula (M). It is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
 感光性組成物層は、2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、2官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)、及び、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)を含むこと好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer comprises a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate compound). ) It is preferable to contain an acrylate compound).
 感光性組成物層は、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of rust prevention, the photosensitive composition layer preferably contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
 感光性組成物層は、密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains compound M and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group from the viewpoints of adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance, and the compound M and the aliphatic hydrocarbon are preferable. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and a trifunctional compound. It is more preferable to contain the above ethylenically unsaturated compound and the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and a trifunctional or more ethylenically property. It is particularly preferable to contain an unsaturated compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
 感光性組成物層は、密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(A-DPH)、及び、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタンアクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。 The photosensitive composition layer contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group from the viewpoints of adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance. , And more preferably 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, It is more preferable to contain tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (A-DPH), and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, preferably 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and tricyclode. It is particularly preferable to contain candimethane diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
 感光性組成物層は、エチレン性不飽和化合物として、単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物における2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層に含まれる全てのエチレン性不飽和化合物の総含有量に対して、60~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90~100質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
The content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60 to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferable, 80 to 100% by mass is more preferable, and 90 to 100% by mass is further preferable.
(重合性化合物B1)
 感光性組成物層は、芳香環及び2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性化合物B1を含むことも好ましい。重合性化合物B1は、上述した重合性化合物Bのうち、一分子中に1つ以上の芳香環を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物である。
(Polymerizable compound B1)
The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds B.
 感光性組成物層中、重合性化合物の全質量に対する重合性化合物B1の含有量の質量比の割合は、解像性がより優れる観点から、40質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましく、55質量%以上が更に好ましく、60質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、剥離性の観点から、100質量%以下が好ましく、99質量%以下がより好ましく、95質量%以下が更に好ましく、90質量%以下が特に好ましく、85質量%以下が最も好ましい。 The ratio of the mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. It is preferable, 55% by mass or more is more preferable, and 60% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 100% by mass or less is preferable, 99% by mass or less is more preferable, 95% by mass or less is further preferable, 90% by mass or less is particularly preferable, and 85% by mass or less is the most. preferable.
 重合性化合物B1が有する芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環及びアントラセン環等の芳香族炭化水素環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環及びピリジン環等の芳香族複素環、並びに、それらの縮合環が挙げられ、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。なお、上記芳香環は、置換基を有してもよい。
 重合性化合物B1は、芳香環を1つのみ有してもよく、2つ以上の芳香環を有してもよい。
Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring and anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring and pyridine ring. Heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable. The aromatic ring may have a substituent.
The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring or may have two or more aromatic rings.
 重合性化合物B1は、現像液による感光性組成物層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性が向上する観点から、ビスフェノール構造を有することが好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン)に由来するビスフェノールA構造、ビスフェノールF(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン)に由来するビスフェノールF構造、及びビスフェノールB(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン)に由来するビスフェノールB構造が挙げられ、ビスフェノールA構造が好ましい。
The polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive composition layer due to the developing solution.
Examples of the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane). Examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1としては、例えば、ビスフェノール構造と、そのビスフェノール構造の両端に結合した2つの重合性基(好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイル基)とを有する化合物が挙げられる。
 ビスフェノール構造の両端と2つの重合性基とは、直接結合してもよく、1つ以上のアルキレンオキシ基を介して結合してもよい。ビスフェノール構造の両端に付加するアルキレンオキシ基としては、エチレンオキシ基又はプロピレンオキシ基が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基がより好ましい。ビスフェノール構造に付加するアルキレンオキシ基の付加数は特に制限されないが、1分子あたり4~16個が好ましく、6~14個がより好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1については、特開2016-224162号公報の段落[0072]~[0080]に記載されており、この公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure.
Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14.
The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs [0072] to [0080] of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
 重合性化合物B1としては、ビスフェノールA構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましく、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンがより好ましい。
 2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンとしては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-324M、日立化成社製)、EO変性ビスフェノールAジメタクリレート(FA-321M、日立化成社製)、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジメタクリレート(BPE-80N、新中村化学工業社製)、ノニルフェノキシポリエチレングリコールアクリレート(FA-318AS、日立化成社製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシエトキシプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-500、新中村化学工業社製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシドデカエトキシテトラプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-3200MY、日立化成社製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタデカエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-1300、新中村化学工業社製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-200、新中村化学工業社製)、及びエトキシ化(10)ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(NKエステルA-BPE-10、新中村化学工業社製)が挙げられる。
As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
Examples of the 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Kasei Co., Ltd.). EO-modified bisphenol A dimethacrylate (FA-321M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate (BPE-80N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), nonylphenoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate (FA-318AS, Hitachi) Kasei Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxyethoxypropoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-500, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , 2,2-Bis (4- (methacryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Kasei Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentadecaethoxy) phenyl) Propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and ethoxylation (10). Examples thereof include bisphenol A diacrylate (NK ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 重合性化合物B1としては、下記一般式(B1)で表される化合物も好ましい。 As the polymerizable compound B1, a compound represented by the following general formula (B1) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式B1中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。AはCを表す。BはCを表す。n1及びn3は各々独立に1~39の整数であり、且つ、n1+n3は2~40の整数である。n2及びn4は各々独立に0~29の整数であり、且つ、n2+n4は0~30の整数である。-(A-O)-及び-(B-O)-の構成単位の配列は、ランダムであってもブロックであってもよい。そして、ブロックの場合、-(A-O)-と-(B-O)-とのいずれがビスフェニル基側でもよい。
 一態様において、n1+n2+n3+n4は、2~20が好ましく、2~16がより好ましく、4~12が更に好ましい。また、n2+n4は、0~10が好ましく、0~4がより好ましく、0~2が更に好ましく、0が特に好ましい。
In the general formula B1, R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, respectively. A represents C 2 H 4 . B represents C 3 H 6 . n1 and n3 are independently integers of 1 to 39, and n1 + n3 are integers of 2 to 40. n2 and n4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 are integers of 0 to 30. The sequence of constituent units of-(AO)-and-(BO)-may be random or block. In the case of a block, either − (A—O) − or − (BO) − may be on the bisphenyl group side.
In one embodiment, n1 + n2 + n3 + n4 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Further, n2 + n4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 4, further preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
 重合性化合物B1は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 重合性化合物B1の含有量は、解像性がより優れる観点から、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、転写性及びエッジフュージョン(転写部材の端部から感光性樹脂が滲み出す現象)の観点から、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。
The polymerizable compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin exudes from the end of the transfer member), 70% by mass or less is preferable, and 60% by mass or less is more preferable.
 重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層における重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、1.00~70.00質量%が好ましく、10.00~70.00質量%がより好ましく、15.0~50.0質量%が更に好ましく、20.0~40.0質量%が特に好ましい。
The polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 1.00 to 70.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is 10.00. It is more preferably from 70.00% by mass, further preferably from 15.0 to 50.0% by mass, and particularly preferably from 20.0 to 40.0% by mass.
[複素環化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、複素環化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 複素環化合物が有する複素環は、単環及び多環のいずれの複素環でもよい。
 複素環化合物が有するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子が挙げられる。複素環化合物は、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の原子を有することが好ましく、窒素原子を有することがより好ましい。
[Heterocyclic compound]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
The heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic complex.
Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
 複素環化合物としては、例えば、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、ピリミジン化合物、及び、ピリジン化合物が挙げられる。
 なかでも、複素環化合物としては、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、及び、ピリジン化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましく、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物がより好ましい。
Examples of the heterocyclic compound include triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazol compounds, triazine compounds, rodonin compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzoimidazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, pyrimidine compounds, and pyridine compounds. Can be mentioned.
Among them, the heterocyclic compound is selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyridine compound. At least one compound is preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound is preferable. More preferred.
 複素環化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に示す。
 トリアゾール化合物及びベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。
Preferred specific examples of the heterocyclic compound are shown below.
Examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 テトラゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 チアジアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the thiadiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 トリアジン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 ローダニン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 チアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 ベンゾチアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzothiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 ベンゾイミダゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 ベンゾオキサゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzoxazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 ピリジン化合物としては、例えば、(イソ)ニコチン酸、及び、(イソ)ニコチンアミドが挙げられる。 Examples of the pyridine compound include (iso) nicotinic acid and (iso) nicotinamide.
 感光性組成物層は、1種単独の複素環化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の複素環化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 感光性組成物層が複素環化合物を含む場合、複素環化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.01~20.00質量%が好ましく、0.10~10.00質量%がより好ましく、0.10~5.00質量%が更に好ましく、0.10~1.00質量%が特に好ましい。
The photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of heterocyclic compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of heterocyclic compounds.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a heterocyclic compound, the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01 to 20.00% by mass, preferably 0.10 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably 0.00% by mass, further preferably 0.10 to 5.00% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.10 to 1.00% by mass.
[脂肪族チオール化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
[Alphatic thiol compound]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
 脂肪族チオール化合物としては、単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物、又は、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物(すなわち、2官能以上の脂肪族チオール化合物)が好ましく、形成されるパターンの密着性(特に、露光後における密着性)の点から、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物がより好ましい。 As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable, and the adhesion (particularly, exposure) of the formed pattern is preferable. Polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds are more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion later).
 本明細書において、「多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物」とは、チオール基(「メルカプト基」ともいう。)を分子内に2個以上有する脂肪族化合物を意味する。 In the present specification, the "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound" means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups") in the molecule.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の分子量は、100以上が好ましく、100~1,500がより好ましく、150~1,000が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 100 to 1,500, still more preferably 150 to 1,000.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の官能基数としては、例えば、形成されるパターンの密着性の点から、2~10官能が好ましく、2~8官能がより好ましく、2~6官能が更に好ましい。 As the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, for example, 2 to 10 functionalities are preferable, 2 to 8 functionalities are more preferable, and 2 to 6 functionalities are further preferable, from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールエタントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリス[(3-メルカプトプロピオニルオキシ)エチル]イソシアヌレート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、テトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,2-エタンジチオール、1,3-プロパンジチオール、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジチオール、2,2’-(エチレンジチオ)ジエタンチオール、meso-2,3-ジメルカプトコハク酸、及び、ジ(メルカプトエチル)エーテルが挙げられる。
 なかでも、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、及び、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましい。
Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound include trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like. 1,3,5-Tris (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylol ethanetris (3-mercaptobutyrate) ), Tris [(3-mercaptopropionyloxy) ethyl] isocyanurate, trimethylolpropanthris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate) Pionate), Dipentaerythritol Hexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), Ethylene glycol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1, Examples thereof include 3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylenedithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio) dietanthiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, and di (mercaptoethyl) ether.
Among them, the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris (3,5-tris). At least one compound selected from the group consisting of 3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferable.
 単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、1-オクタンチオール、1-ドデカンチオール、β-メルカプトプロピオン酸、メチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、2-エチルヘキシル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、n-オクチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、メトキシブチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、及び、ステアリル-3-メルカプトプロピオネートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
 感光性組成物層は、1種単独の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of aliphatic thiol compounds.
 感光性組成物層が脂肪族チオール化合物を含む場合、脂肪族チオール化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、5~50質量%がより好ましく、5~30質量%が更に好ましく、8~20質量%が特に好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 5 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
[熱架橋性化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の点から、熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書においては、後述するエチレン性不飽和基を有する熱架橋性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては扱わず、熱架橋性化合物として扱うものとする。
 また、熱架橋性化合物は、上述した感光性組成物層に含まれる成分(バインダーポリマー、重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物等)とは異なる化合物である。
 熱架橋性化合物としては、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、メチロール化合物、及び、ブロックイソシアネート化合物が挙げられる。
 なかでも、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の点から、ブロックイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基と反応するため、例えば、バインダーポリマー及びエチレン性不飽和基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の少なくとも一方が、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基の少なくとも一方を有する場合には、形成される膜の親水性が下がり、保護膜としての機能が強化される傾向がある。
 なお、ブロックイソシアネート化合物とは、「イソシアネートのイソシアネート基をブロック剤で保護(いわゆる、マスク)した構造を有する化合物」を指す。
[Thermal crosslinkable compound]
The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
In this specification, the thermally crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group described later is not treated as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is treated as a thermally crosslinkable compound.
Further, the heat-crosslinkable compound is a compound different from the components (binder polymer, polymerization initiator, polymerizable compound, etc.) contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer.
Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, a methylol compound, and a blocked isocyanate compound.
Among them, the blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
Since the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, for example, when at least one of the binder polymer and the radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, The hydrophilicity of the formed film tends to decrease, and the function as a protective film tends to be strengthened.
The blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
(第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物)
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ブロックイソシアネート当量(以下「NCO価」ともいう。)が4.5mmol/g以上のブロックイソシアネート化合物(以下「第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。これにより、曲げ耐性がより優れ、また、導電層の腐食も抑制できる。
(1st block isocyanate compound)
The blocked isocyanate compound preferably contains a blocked isocyanate compound having a blocked isocyanate equivalent (hereinafter, also referred to as “NCO value”) of 4.5 mmol / g or more (hereinafter, also referred to as “first blocked isocyanate compound”). As a result, bending resistance is more excellent, and corrosion of the conductive layer can be suppressed.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物のNCO価は、4.5mmol/g以上であり、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、5.0mmol/g以上がより好ましく、5.3mmol/g以上が更に好ましい。
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物のNCO価の上限値は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、6.0mmol/g以下が好ましく、5.8mmol/g未満がより好ましく、5.7mmol/g以下が更に好ましい。
 本発明におけるブロックイソシアネート化合物のNCO価は、ブロックイソシアネート化合物1g当たりに含まれるブロックイソシアネート基のミリモル数を意味し、以下の式から算出できる。
 式:ブロックイソシアネート化合物のNCO価=1000×(分子中に含まれるブロックイソシアネート基の個数)/(ブロックイソシアネート化合物の分子量)
The NCO value of the first block isocyanate compound is 4.5 mmol / g or more, and 5.0 mmol / g or more is more preferable, and 5.3 mmol / g or more is further preferable, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The upper limit of the NCO value of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 6.0 mmol / g or less, more preferably less than 5.8 mmol / g, and further preferably 5.7 mmol / g or less, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. preferable.
The NCO value of the blocked isocyanate compound in the present invention means the number of millimoles of the blocked isocyanate group contained in 1 g of the blocked isocyanate compound, and can be calculated from the following formula.
Formula: NCO value of blocked isocyanate compound = 1000 × (number of blocked isocyanate groups contained in the molecule) / (molecular weight of blocked isocyanate compound)
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物の解離温度としては、100~160℃が好ましく、110~150℃がより好ましい。 The dissociation temperature of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 100 to 160 ° C, more preferably 110 to 150 ° C.
 本明細書において、「ブロックイソシアネート化合物の解離温度」とは、示差走査熱量計を用いて、DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry)分析にて測定した場合における、ブロックイソシアネート化合物の脱保護反応に伴う吸熱ピークの温度を意味する。示差走査熱量計としては、特に制限されず、例えば、セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社製の示差走査熱量計(型式:DSC6200)を好適に用いることができる。 In the present specification, the "dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound" is the heat absorption peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate compound when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter. Means temperature. The differential scanning calorimeter is not particularly limited, and for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used.
 解離温度が100~160℃であるブロック剤としては、例えば、活性メチレン化合物〔(マロン酸ジエステル(マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジn-ブチル、マロン酸ジ2-エチルヘキシル等))等〕、及び、オキシム化合物(ホルムアルドオキシム、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム等の分子内に-C(=N-OH)-で表される構造を有する化合物)が挙げられる。上記の中でも、解離温度が100~160℃であるブロック剤としては、保存安定性の点から、オキシム化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160 ° C. include active methylene compounds [(malonic acid diester (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, din-butyl malonate, di2-ethylhexyl malonic acid, etc.)) and the like. ], And an oxime compound (a compound having a structure represented by -C (= N-OH)-in the molecule such as formaldehyde, acetaldoxime, acetoxime, methylethylketooxime, cyclohexanoneoxime) can be mentioned. Among the above, the oxime compound is preferable as the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160 ° C. from the viewpoint of storage stability.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、環構造を有することが好ましい。環構造としては、脂肪族炭化水素環、芳香族炭化水素環、及び、複素環が挙げられ、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、脂肪族炭化水素環及び芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素環がより好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロペンタン環、及びシクロヘキサン環が挙げられ、シクロヘキサン環が好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素環の具体例としては、ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環が挙げられ、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
 複素環の具体例としては、イソシアヌレート環が挙げられる。
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物が環構造を有する場合、環の個数は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、1~2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。なお、第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物が縮合環を含む場合には、縮合環を構成する環の個数を数え、例えば、ナフタレン環における環の個数は2として数える。
The first block isocyanate compound preferably has a ring structure from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Examples of the ring structure include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a heterocyclic ring. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic hydrocarbon ring are preferable, and the fat Group hydrocarbon rings are more preferred.
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include a cyclopentane ring and a cyclohexane ring, and a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferable.
Specific examples of the heterocycle include an isocyanurate ring.
When the first block isocyanate compound has a ring structure, the number of rings is preferably 1 to 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. When the first block isocyanate compound contains a fused ring, the number of rings constituting the fused ring is counted, for example, the number of rings in the naphthalene ring is counted as 2.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物が有するブロックイソシアネート基の個数は、形成されるパターンの強度が優れる点、及び、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、2~5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、2が更に好ましい。 The number of blocked isocyanate groups contained in the first blocked isocyanate compound is preferably 2 to 5 and more preferably 2 to 3 from the viewpoint of excellent strength of the formed pattern and more excellent effect of the present invention. Is more preferable.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、式Qで表されるブロックイソシアネート化合物であることが好ましい。
  B-A-L-A-B   式Q
The first blocked isocyanate compound is preferably a blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula Q from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
B 1 -A 1 -L 1 -A 2 -B 2 formula Q
 式Q中、B及びBは、それぞれ独立に、ブロックイソシアネート基を表す。
 ブロックイソシアネート基としては、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、イソシアネート基がオキシム化合物でブロックされた基が好ましく、イソシアネート基がメチルエチルケトオキシムでブロックされた基(具体的には、*-NH-C(=O)-O-N=C(CH)-Cで表される基。*は、A又はAとの結合位置を表す。)がより好ましい。
 B及びBは、同一の構造の基であることが好ましい。
In formula Q, B 1 and B 2 each independently represent a blocked isocyanate group.
The blocked isocyanate group is not particularly limited, but a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with an oxime compound is preferable, and a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with a methylethylketooxime (specifically, a group in which the isocyanate group is blocked with an oxime compound) is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. * -NH-C (= O) -ON = C ( CH 3 ) -C 2 A group represented by H5. * Represents a binding position with A 1 or A 2 ) is more preferable.
It is preferable that B 1 and B 2 are groups having the same structure.
 式Q中、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、単結合又は炭素数1~10のアルキレン基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、又は、環状であってもよく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。
 アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10であり、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。
 A及びAは、同一の構造の基であることが好ましい。
In the formula Q, A 1 and A 2 independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear.
The alkylene group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
It is preferable that A 1 and A 2 are groups having the same structure.
 式Q中、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 2価の連結基の具体例としては、2価の炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 2価の炭化水素基の具体例としては、2価の飽和炭化水素基、2価の芳香族炭化水素基、及び、これらの基が2つ以上連結されて形成される基が挙げられる。
 2価の飽和炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、又は、環状であってもよく、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、環状であることが好ましい。2価の飽和炭化水素基の炭素数は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、4~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましく、5~8が更に好ましい。
 2価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数5~20であることが好ましく、例えば、フェニレン基が挙げられる。2価の芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基(例えば、アルキル基)を有していてもよい。
 なかでも、2価の連結基としては、炭素数5~10の直鎖状、分岐状、若しくは、環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基、炭素数5~10の環状の飽和炭化水素基と炭素数1~3の直鎖状のアルキレン基とが連結した基、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、2価の芳香族炭化水素基と炭素数1~3の直鎖状のアルキレン基とが連結した基が好ましく、炭素数5~10の環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基、又は、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基がより好ましく、シクロへキシレン基又は置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基が更に好ましく、シクロへキシレン基が特に好ましい。
In formula Q, L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
Specific examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent hydrocarbon group.
Specific examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a group formed by linking two or more of these groups.
The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably cyclic from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 4 to 15, more preferably 5 to 10, and even more preferably 5 to 8 from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenylene group. The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group).
Among them, the divalent linking group includes a linear, branched or cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms and carbon. A group in which a linear alkylene group of number 1 to 3 is linked, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a carbon number of 1 to 1 to 3 A group linked with the linear alkylene group of 3 is preferable, a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenylene group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a cyclo A phenylene group which may have a hexylene group or a substituent is more preferable, and a cyclohexylene group is particularly preferable.
 式Qで表されるブロックイソシアネート化合物は、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、式QAで表されるブロックイソシアネート化合物であることが好ましい。
  B1a-A1a-L1a-A2a-B2a   式QA
The blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula Q is preferably a blocked isocyanate compound represented by the formula QA because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
B 1a -A 1a -L 1a -A 2a -B 2a type QA
 式QA中、B1a及びB2aは、それぞれ独立に、ブロックイソシアネート基を表す。B1a及びB2aの好適態様は、式Q中のB及びBと同様である。 In the formula QA, B 1a and B 2a each independently represent a blocked isocyanate group. The preferred embodiments of B 1a and B 2a are the same as those of B 1 and B 2 in the formula Q.
 式QA中、A1a及びA2aは、それぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表す。A1a及びA2aにおける2価の連結基の好適態様は、式Q中のA1a及びA2aと同様である。 In the formula QA, A 1a and A 2a each independently represent a divalent linking group. The preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group in A 1a and A 2a is the same as A 1a and A 2a in the formula Q.
 式QA中、L1aは、環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基、又は、2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 L1aにおける環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基の炭素数は、5~10が好ましく、5~8がより好ましく、5~6が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。
 L1aにおける2価の芳香族炭化水素基の好適態様は、式QA中のLと同様である。
 なかでも、L1aは、環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数5~10の環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数5~10の環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基が更に好ましく、炭素数5~6の環状の2価の飽和炭化水素基が特に好ましく、シクロへキシレン基が最も好ましい。
In the formula QA, L 1a represents a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
The number of carbon atoms of the cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group in L 1a is preferably 5 to 10, more preferably 5 to 8, further preferably 5 to 6, and particularly preferably 6.
The preferred embodiment of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in L 1a is the same as that of L 1 in the formula QA.
Among them, L 1a is preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, more preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Hydrocarbon groups are more preferred, cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are particularly preferred, and cyclohexylene groups are most preferred.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物はこれに限定されるわけではない。 Specific examples of the first block isocyanate compound are shown below, but the first block isocyanate compound is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 感光性組成物層は、1種単独の第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含んでいてもよい。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain one kind of first block isocyanate compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of first block isocyanate compounds.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.50~25.00質量%が好ましく、1.00~20.00質量%がより好ましく、1.50~5.00質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the first block isocyanate compound is preferably 0.50 to 25.00% by mass, more preferably 1.00 to 20.00% by mass, and 1.50 with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably ~ 5.00% by mass.
 第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、イソシアネート基を有する化合物(例えば、上記式QにおけるB及びBがイソシアネート基である化合物)のイソシアネート基と、上記ブロック剤とを反応させて得られる。 The first blocked isocyanate compound is obtained, for example, by reacting the isocyanate group of a compound having an isocyanate group (for example, a compound in which B 1 and B 2 in the above formula Q are isocyanate groups) with the blocking agent.
(第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物)
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、NCO価が4.5mmol/g未満のブロックイソシアネート化合物(以下「第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。これにより、感光性組成物層をパターン露光及び現像を行った後において、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる。
(Second block isocyanate compound)
The blocked isocyanate compound preferably contains a blocked isocyanate compound having an NCO value of less than 4.5 mmol / g (hereinafter, also referred to as “second blocked isocyanate compound”). This makes it possible to suppress the generation of development residues after pattern exposure and development of the photosensitive composition layer.
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物のNCO価は、4.5mmol/g未満であり、2.0~4.5mmol/gが好ましく、2.5~4.0mmol/gがより好ましい。 The NCO value of the second block isocyanate compound is less than 4.5 mmol / g, preferably 2.0 to 4.5 mmol / g, and more preferably 2.5 to 4.0 mmol / g.
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物の解離温度としては、100~160℃が好ましく、110~150℃がより好ましい。
 解離温度が100~160℃であるブロック剤の具体例は、上述した通りである。
The dissociation temperature of the second block isocyanate compound is preferably 100 to 160 ° C, more preferably 110 to 150 ° C.
Specific examples of the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160 ° C. are as described above.
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、膜の脆性改良、又は、被転写体に対する密着力の向上等の点から、イソシアヌレート構造を有することが好ましい。イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートをイソシアヌレート化して保護することにより得られる。 The second block isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane or improving the adhesion to the transferred material. The blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by subjecting hexamethylene diisocyanate to isocyanurate to protect it.
 イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、オキシム構造を有さない化合物よりも解離温度を好ましい範囲にしやすく、かつ、現像残渣を少なくしやすい点から、オキシム化合物をブロック剤として用いたオキシム構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 As the blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure, an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is used because it is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range and to reduce the amount of development residue as compared with a compound having no oxime structure. The compound to have is preferable.
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、形成されるパターンの強度の点から、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基としては、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、及び、スチリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基、並びに、グリシジル基等のエポキシ基を有する基が挙げられる。上記の中でも、重合性基としては、得られるパターンにおける表面の面状、現像速度、及び、反応性の点から、エチレン性不飽和基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
The second block isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group in terms of the strength of the formed pattern. As the polymerizable group, a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
Examples of the polymerizable group include a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among the above, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable, from the viewpoint of surface surface condition, development speed, and reactivity in the obtained pattern.
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物はこれに限定されるわけではない。 Specific examples of the second block isocyanate compound are shown below, but the second block isocyanate compound is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、市販品を用いることができる。ブロックイソシアネート化合物の市販品の例としては、例えば、カレンズ(登録商標) AOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) AOI-BP、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BP〔以上、昭和電工社製〕、及び、ブロック型のデュラネートシリーズ〔例えば、デュラネート(登録商標) TPA-B80E、WT32-B75P、旭化成ケミカルズ社製〕が挙げられる。 As the second block isocyanate compound, a commercially available product can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include, for example, Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BP, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP [above. , Showa Denko Corporation], and block-type Duranate series [for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, WT32-B75P, Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.].
 感光性組成物層は、1種単独の第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含んでいてもよい。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain one type of second-block isocyanate compound alone, or may contain two or more types of second-block isocyanate compounds.
 感光性組成物層が第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含む場合、第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、現像残渣の発生をより低減できる点から、1.00~25.00質量%が好ましく、1.00~20.0質量%がより好ましく、10.00~15.00質量%が更に好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains the second block isocyanate compound, the content of the second block isocyanate compound is 1. From the viewpoint that the generation of development residue can be further reduced with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferably 00 to 25.00% by mass, more preferably 1.00 to 20.0% by mass, still more preferably 10.00 to 15.00% by mass.
 感光性組成物層が第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物及び第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物を含む場合、第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物の含有量に対する、第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物の含有量の質量比(第1ブロックイソシアネート化合物/第2ブロックイソシアネート化合物)は、曲げ耐性と透湿度低減の点から、0.10~9.00が好ましく、0.18~2.35がより好ましく、0.18~1.00が更に好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains the first block isocyanate compound and the second block isocyanate compound, the mass ratio of the content of the first block isocyanate compound to the content of the second block isocyanate compound (first block isocyanate compound / first). The 2-block isocyanate compound) is preferably 0.10 to 9.00, more preferably 0.18 to 2.35, still more preferably 0.18 to 1.00, from the viewpoint of bending resistance and reduction of moisture permeability.
 熱架橋性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層が熱架橋性化合物を含む場合、熱架橋性化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、1.00~50.00質量%が好ましく、10.00~30.00質量%がより好ましく、10.00~20.00質量%が更に好ましい。
The heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound, the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1.00 to 50.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is 10.00. It is more preferably from 30.00% by mass, still more preferably from 10.00 to 20.00% by mass.
[界面活性剤]
 感光性組成物層層は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、特許第4502784号公報の段落[0017]、及び特開2009-237362号公報の段落[0060]~[0071]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、及びノニオン系界面活性剤が挙げられ、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましく、フッ素系界面活性剤がより好ましい。
[Surfactant]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a surfactant.
Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs [0017] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs [0060] to [0071] of JP-A-2009-237362, and the contents thereof include. Incorporated herein.
Examples of the surfactant include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant, and a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable, and a fluorine-based surfactant is preferable. More preferred.
 フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファック F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP.MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS-578-2、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、及びDS-21(以上、DIC社製);フロラード FC430、及びFC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム社製);サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、及びKH-40(以上、AGC社製);PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、及びPF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製);フタージェント 710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、及び681(以上、NEOS社製)が挙げられる。
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC社製のメガファック DSシリーズ(化学工業日報2016年2月22日、日経産業新聞2016年2月23日、例えば、メガファック DS-21)が挙げられる。
Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F -558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP. MFS-330, EXP. MFS-578, EXP. MFS-578-2, EXP. MFS-579, EXP. MFS-586, EXP. MFS-587, EXP. MFS-628, EXP. MFS-631, EXP. MFS-603, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, And DS-21 (above, manufactured by DIC); Florard FC430, and FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M); Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC. -1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, and KH-40 (above, manufactured by AGC); PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, and PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA); 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, and 681 (all manufactured by NEOS) can be mentioned.
Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be suitably used. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC (The Chemical Daily, February 22, 2016, Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016, for example, Megafuck DS-21). Be done.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。 A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。例えば、メガファック RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、及びRS-72-K(以上、DIC社製)が挙げられる。
 フッ素界面活性剤としては、環境適性向上の観点から、パーフルオロオクタン酸(PFOA)及びパーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸(PFOS)等の炭素数が7以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する化合物の代替材料に由来する界面活性剤であることが好ましい。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. For example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) can be mentioned.
The fluorine surfactant is derived from a substitute material for a compound having a perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability. It is preferably a surfactant.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、シロキサン結合からなる直鎖状ポリマー、及び、側鎖や末端に有機基を導入した変性シロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。
 シリコーン系界面活性剤の市販品としては、DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、及びトーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング社製);X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002、KP-101KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626、KP-652(以上、信越シリコーン社製);F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、及びTSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製);BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378、BYK323(以上、ビックケミー社製)が挙げられる。
Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer having an organic group introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
Commercially available silicone-based surfactants include DOWNIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, and Torre Silicone SH8400. Toray Dow Corning); X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF- 643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002, KP-101KP-103, KP-104, KP-105, KP-106, KP- 109, KP-109, KP-112, KP-120, KP-121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322, KP-323, KP-327, KP-341, KP-368, KP-369, KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626, KP-652 (all manufactured by Shinetsu Silicone Co., Ltd.); F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF- 4445, and TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials); BYK300, BYK306, BYK307, BYK310, BYK320, BYK323, BYK325, BYK330, BYK313, BYK315N, BYK331, BYK333 , BYK348, BYK349, BYK370, BYK377, BYK378, BYK323 (all manufactured by Big Chemie).
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、並びに、それらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、及びグリセロールエトキシレート等);ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、及びソルビタン脂肪酸エステルが挙げられる。
 ノニオン系界面活性剤の市販品としては、プルロニック(登録商標) L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上、BASF社製);テトロニック 304、701、704、901、904、及び150R1(以上、BASF社製);ソルスパース 20000(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製);NCW-101、NCW-1001、及びNCW-1002(以上、富士フイルム和光純薬社製);パイオニン D-6112、D-6112-W、及びD-6315(以上、竹本油脂社製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、及び440(以上、日信化学工業社製)が挙げられる。
Nonionic surfactants include, for example, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.); polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, poly. Examples thereof include oxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester.
Commercially available nonionic surfactants include Pluronic® L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (all manufactured by BASF); Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, and 150R1 (above, manufactured by BASF); Solspers 20000 (above, manufactured by Japan Lubrizol); NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 (above, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.); Pionin D-6112, Examples thereof include D-6112-W, D-6315 (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Orfin E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, and 440 (all manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industries, Ltd.).
 界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.01~3.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.10~0.80質量%が更に好ましい。
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 9.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.10 to 0.80% by mass is further preferable.
[リン酸エステル化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、リン酸エステル化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 リン酸エステル化合物としては、リン酸(O=P(OH))における3つの水素の少なくとも1つ以上が有機基で置換されたものであれば特に制限されず、ユニケミカル株式会社製のPhosmerシリーズ(Phosmer-M、Phosmer-CL、Phosmer-PE、Phosmer-MH、Phosmer-PP)、日本化薬株式会社製のKAYAMERシリーズ(KAYAMER PM-21、KAYAMER PM-2)、及び、共栄社化学株式会社製のライトエステルシリーズ(ライトエステルP-2M(商品名))が挙げられる。
[Phosphate ester compound]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a phosphoric acid ester compound.
The phosphoric acid ester compound is not particularly limited as long as at least one or more of the three hydrogens in phosphoric acid (O = P (OH) 3 ) is substituted with an organic group, and Phosmer manufactured by Unichemical Co., Ltd. Series (Phosmer-M, Phosmer-CL, Phosmer-PE, Phosmer-MH, Phosmer-PP), KAYAMER series (KAYAMER PM-21, KAYAMER PM-2) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. The light ester series (light ester P-2M (trade name)) manufactured by the company can be mentioned.
 リン酸エステル化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 リン酸エステル化合物の含有量は特に制限されないが、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.05~3.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~2.0質量%がより好ましく、0.2~1.0質量%が更に好ましい。
 感光性組成物層がリン酸エステル化合物を含む場合、リン酸エステル化合物の含有量は特に制限されないが、被転写体に対する密着性をより向上させる点で、バインダーポリマー及び重合性化合物の合計100質量部に対して、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以下であることがより好ましい。また、上記含有量の上限は特に制限されないが、0.01質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
The phosphoric acid ester compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the phosphoric acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.05 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 0.2 to 1.0% by mass is more preferable.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a phosphoric acid ester compound, the content of the phosphoric acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but the total mass of the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound is 100 mass in terms of further improving the adhesion to the transferred material. It is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 3 parts by mass or less. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more.
[重合禁止剤]
 感光性組成物層は、重合禁止剤を含んでいてもよい。
 重合禁止剤とは、重合反応を遅延又は禁止させる機能を有する化合物を意味する。重合禁止剤としては、例えば、重合禁止剤として用いられる公知の化合物を用いることができる。
[Polymerization inhibitor]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
The polymerization inhibitor means a compound having a function of delaying or prohibiting a polymerization reaction. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, a known compound used as a polymerization inhibitor can be used.
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、フェノチアジン、ビス-(1-ジメチルベンジル)フェノチアジン、及び、3,7-ジオクチルフェノチアジン等のフェノチアジン化合物;ビス[3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオン酸][エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)]2,4-ビス〔(ラウリルチオ)メチル〕-o-クレゾール、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、及び、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート等のヒンダードフェノール化合物;4-ニトロソフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-ニトロソシクロヘキシルヒドロキシルアミン、及び、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミン等のニトロソ化合物又はその塩;メチルハイドロキノン、t-ブチルハイドロキノン、2,5-ジ-t-ブチルハイドロキノン、及び、4-ベンゾキノン等のキノン化合物;4-メトキシフェノール、4-メトキシ-1-ナフトール、及び、t-ブチルカテコール等のフェノール化合物;ジブチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン、及び、ジフェニルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン等の金属塩化合物が挙げられる。
 なかでも、重合禁止剤としては、フェノチアジン化合物、ニトロソ化合物又はその塩、及び、ヒンダードフェノール化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、フェノチアジン、ビス[3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオン酸][エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)]2,4-ビス〔(ラウリルチオ)メチル〕-o-クレゾール、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)、及び、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミンアルミニウム塩がより好ましい。
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenothiazine compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, and 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine; bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-. Methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylene bis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-) Hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris (4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, and hindered phenol compounds such as pentaerythritol tetrakis 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate; 4 -Nitroso compounds such as nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine or salts thereof; methylhydroquinone, t-butylhydroquinone, 2,5-di-t-butylhydroquinone. , And quinone compounds such as 4-benzoquinone; phenolic compounds such as 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, and t-butylcatechol; copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, And a metal salt compound such as manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate can be mentioned.
Among them, as the polymerization inhibitor, at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenothiazine compound, a nitroso compound or a salt thereof, and a hindered phenol compound is preferable, and phenothiazine and bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-) are preferable. 4-Hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylenebis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-) t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt are more preferred.
 重合禁止剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層が重合禁止剤を含む場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.01~5.00質量%がより好ましく、0.01~3.00質量%が更に好ましく、0.01~1.00質量%が特に好ましい。
The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is more preferably 0.00% by mass, further preferably 0.01 to 3.00% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.01 to 1.00% by mass.
[水素供与性化合物]
 感光性組成物層は、水素供与性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 水素供与性化合物は、光重合開始剤の活性光線に対する感度を一層向上させる、及び、酸素による重合性化合物の重合阻害を抑制する等の作用を有する。
[Hydrogen donating compound]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
The hydrogen donating compound has an action of further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light rays and suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
 水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、アミン類、及び、アミノ酸化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
 アミン類としては、例えば、M.R.Sanderら著「Journal of Polymer Society」第10巻3173頁(1972)、特公昭44-020189号公報、特開昭51-082102号公報、特開昭52-134692号公報、特開昭59-138205号公報、特開昭60-084305号公報、特開昭62-018537号公報、特開昭64-033104号公報、及び、Research Disclosure 33825号等に記載の化合物が挙げられる。より具体的には、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタン(別名:ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、トリエタノールアミン、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル、p-ホルミルジメチルアニリン、及び、p-メチルチオジメチルアニリンが挙げられる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、アミン類としては、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、及び、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
Examples of amines include M.I. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", Vol. 10, pp. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205. Examples thereof include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-0843305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, and Research Disclosure No. 33825. More specifically, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane (also known as leucocrystal violet), triethanolamine, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-formyl. Examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane as amines in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Is preferable.
 アミノ酸化合物としては、例えば、N-フェニルグリシン、N-メチル-N-フェニルグリシン、及び、N-エチル-N-フェニルグリシンが挙げられる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、アミノ酸化合物としては、N-フェニルグリシンが好ましい。
Examples of the amino acid compound include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
Among them, N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
 また、水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、特公昭48-042965号公報に記載の有機金属化合物(トリブチル錫アセテート等)、特公昭55-034414号公報に記載の水素供与体、及び、特開平6-308727号公報に記載の硫黄化合物(トリチアン等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrogen donor compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042965, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-0344414, and JP-A-6. Sulfur compounds (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 can also be mentioned.
 水素供与性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性組成物層が水素供与性化合物を含む場合、水素供与性化合物の含有量は、重合成長速度と連鎖移動のバランスとによる硬化速度の向上の点から、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.01~10.00質量%が好ましく、0.03~8.00質量%がより好ましく、0.05~5.00質量%が更に好ましい。
The hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a hydrogen donating compound, the content of the hydrogen donating compound is the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. On the other hand, 0.01 to 10.00% by mass is preferable, 0.03 to 8.00% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5.00% by mass is further preferable.
[顔料]
 感光性組成物層は、顔料を含む着色樹脂層であってもよい。
 近年の電子機器が有する液晶表示窓には、液晶表示窓を保護するために、透明なガラス基板等の裏面周縁部に黒色の枠状遮光層が形成されたカバーガラスが取り付けられている場合がある。このような遮光層を形成するために着色樹脂層が使用し得る。
 顔料としては、所望とする色相に合わせて適宜選択すればよく、黒色顔料、白色顔料、黒色及び白色以外の有彩色の顔料の中から選択できる。なかでも、黒色系のパターンを形成する場合には、顔料として黒色顔料が好適に選択される。
[Pigment]
The photosensitive composition layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment.
In recent years, the liquid crystal display window of an electronic device may have a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the peripheral edge of the back surface of a transparent glass substrate or the like to protect the liquid crystal display window. be. A colored resin layer can be used to form such a light-shielding layer.
The pigment may be appropriately selected according to the desired hue, and can be selected from black pigments, white pigments, and chromatic pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black pattern, a black pigment is preferably selected as the pigment.
 黒色顔料としては、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲であれば、公知の黒色顔料(有機顔料又は無機顔料等)を適宜選択することができる。なかでも、光学濃度の観点から、黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、酸化チタン、チタンカーバイド、酸化鉄、酸化チタン、及び黒鉛等が好適に挙げられ、特にカーボンブラックは好ましい。カーボンブラックとしては、表面抵抗の観点から、表面の少なくとも一部が樹脂で被覆されたカーボンブラックが好ましい。 As the black pigment, a known black pigment (organic pigment, inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. Among them, as the black pigment, for example, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, graphite and the like are preferably mentioned from the viewpoint of optical density, and carbon black is particularly preferable. As the carbon black, from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black having at least a part of the surface coated with a resin is preferable.
 黒色顔料の粒子径は、分散安定性の観点から、数平均粒径で0.001~0.1μmが好ましく、0.01~0.08μmがより好ましい。
 ここで、粒径とは、電子顕微鏡で撮影した顔料粒子の写真像から顔料粒子の面積を求め、顔料粒子の面積と同面積の円を考えた場合の円の直径を指し、数平均粒径は、任意の100個の粒子について上記の粒径を求め、求められた100個の粒径を平均して得られる平均値である。
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.08 μm in terms of number average particle size.
Here, the particle size refers to the diameter of the circle when the area of the pigment particles is obtained from the photographic image of the pigment particles taken with an electronic microscope and the circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particles is considered, and the number average particle size. Is an average value obtained by obtaining the above particle size for any 100 particles and averaging the obtained 100 particle sizes.
 黒色顔料以外の顔料として、白色顔料については、特開2005-007765号公報の段落[0015]及び[0114]に記載の白色顔料を使用できる。具体的には、白色顔料のうち、無機顔料としては、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、リトポン、軽質炭酸カルシウム、ホワイトカーボン、酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、又は硫酸バリウムが好ましく、酸化チタン又は酸化亜鉛がより好ましく、酸化チタンが更に好ましい。無機顔料としては、ルチル型又はアナターゼ型の酸化チタンが更に好ましく、ルチル型の酸化チタンが特に好ましい。
 また、酸化チタンの表面は、シリカ処理、アルミナ処理、チタニア処理、ジルコニア処理、又は有機物処理が施されていてもよく、二つ以上の処理が施されてもよい。これにより、酸化チタンの触媒活性が抑制され、耐熱性及び褪光性等が改善される。
 加熱後の感光性組成物層の厚みを薄くする観点から、酸化チタンの表面への表面処理としては、アルミナ処理及びジルコニア処理の少なくとも一方が好ましく、アルミナ処理及びジルコニア処理の両方が特に好ましい。
As the pigment other than the black pigment, the white pigment described in paragraphs [0015] and [0114] of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment. Specifically, among the white pigments, as the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or barium sulfate is preferable, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferable. Titanium oxide is preferable, and titanium oxide is more preferable. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable.
Further, the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or an organic substance, or may be subjected to two or more treatments. As a result, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, fading and the like are improved.
From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer after heating, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable as the surface treatment of the surface of titanium oxide, and both alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are particularly preferable.
 また、感光性組成物層が着色樹脂層である場合、転写性の観点から、感光性組成物層は、黒色顔料及び白色顔料以外の有彩色の顔料を更に含んでいることも好ましい。有彩色の顔料を含む場合、有彩色の顔料の粒径としては、分散性がより優れる点で、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.08μm以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限させないが、0.001μm以上が好ましい。
 有彩色の顔料としては、例えば、ビクトリア・ピュアーブルーBO(Color Index(以下C.I.)42595)、オーラミン(C.I.41000)、ファット・ブラックHB(C.I.26150)、モノライト・エローGT(C.I.ピグメント・エロー12)、パーマネント・エローGR(C.I.ピグメント・エロー17)、パーマネント・エローHR(C.I.ピグメント・エロー83)、パーマネント・カーミンFBB(C.I.ピグメント・レッド146)、ホスターバームレッドESB(C.I.ピグメント・バイオレット19)、パーマネント・ルビーFBH(C.I.ピグメント・レッド11)、ファステル・ピンクBスプラ(C.I.ピグメント・レッド81)、モナストラル・ファースト・ブルー(C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15)、モノライト・ファースト・ブラックB(C.I.ピグメント・ブラック1)及びカーボン、C.I.ピグメント・レッド97、C.I.ピグメント・レッド122、C.I.ピグメント・レッド149、C.I.ピグメント・レッド168、C.I.ピグメント・レッド177、C.I.ピグメント・レッド180、C.I.ピグメント・レッド192、C.I.ピグメント・レッド215、C.I.ピグメント・グリーン7、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15:1、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー22、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー60、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー64、及びC.I.ピグメント・バイオレット23が挙げられる。なかでも、C.I.ピグメント・レッド177が好ましい。
When the photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer further contains a chromatic pigment other than the black pigment and the white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability. When a chromatic pigment is contained, the particle size of the chromatic pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, in that the dispersibility is more excellent. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0.001 μm or more is preferable.
Examples of chromatic pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (hereinafter CI) 42595), Auramine (CI41000), Fat Black HB (CI26150), and Monolite. -Ero GT (CI Pigment Ellow 12), Permanent Ellow GR (CI Pigment Ellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (CI Pigment Ellow 83), Permanent Carmine FBB (C) I. Pigment Red 146), Hoster Balm Red ESB (CI Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby FBH (CI Pigment Red 11), Fastel Pink B Supra (CI Pigment) Red 81), Monastral First Blue (CI Pigment Blue 15), Monolite First Black B (CI Pigment Black 1) and Carbon, C.I. I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 1, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 64, and C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 can be mentioned. Above all, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.
 感光性組成物層が顔料を含む場合、顔料の含有量としては、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、3質量%超40質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%超35質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%超35質量%以下が更に好ましく、10~35質量%が特に好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and 40% by mass or less, preferably more than 3% by mass and 35% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. More preferably, it is more preferably more than 5% by mass and 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10 to 35% by mass.
 感光性組成物層が黒色顔料以外の顔料(白色顔料及び有彩色の顔料)を含む場合、黒色顔料以外の顔料の含有量は、黒色顔料に対して、30質量%以下が好ましく、1~20質量%がより好ましく、3~15質量%が更に好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains a pigment other than the black pigment (white pigment and chromatic pigment), the content of the pigment other than the black pigment is preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the black pigment, and is preferably 1 to 20. The mass% is more preferable, and 3 to 15% by mass is further preferable.
 なお、感光性組成物層が黒色顔料を含み、且つ、感光性組成物層が感光性樹脂組成物で形成される場合、黒色顔料(好ましくはカーボンブラック)は、顔料分散液の形態で感光性樹脂組成物に導入されることが好ましい。
 分散液は、黒色顔料と顔料分散剤とをあらかじめ混合して得られる混合物を、有機溶剤(又はビヒクル)に加えて分散機で分散させることによって調製されるものでもよい。顔料分散剤は、顔料及び溶剤に応じて選択すればよく、例えば市販の分散剤を使用することができる。なお、ビヒクルとは、顔料分散液とした場合に顔料を分散させている媒質の部分を指し、液状であり、黒色顔料を分散状態で保持するバインダー成分と、バインダー成分を溶解及び希釈する溶剤成分(有機溶剤)とを含む。
When the photosensitive composition layer contains a black pigment and the photosensitive composition layer is formed of a photosensitive resin composition, the black pigment (preferably carbon black) is photosensitive in the form of a pigment dispersion. It is preferably introduced into the resin composition.
The dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by previously mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser. The pigment dispersant may be selected depending on the pigment and the solvent, and for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. The vehicle refers to a portion of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed when the pigment is dispersed, and is a liquid, a binder component that holds the black pigment in a dispersed state, and a solvent component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. (Organic solvent) and included.
 分散機としては、特に制限されず、例えば、ニーダー、ロールミル、アトライター、スーパーミル、ディゾルバ、ホモミキサー、及びサンドミル等の公知の分散機が挙げられる。更に、機械的摩砕により摩擦力を利用して微粉砕してもよい。分散機及び微粉砕については、「顔料の事典」(朝倉邦造著、第一版、朝倉書店、2000年、438頁、310頁)の記載を参照することができる。 The disperser is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known dispersers such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mill. Further, it may be finely pulverized by mechanical grinding using frictional force. For the disperser and fine pulverization, the description of "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (Kunizo Asakura, First Edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, 438, 310) can be referred to.
[残存モノマー]
 感光性組成物層は、上述したバインダーポリマーの各構造単位の残存モノマーを含む場合がある。
 残存モノマーの含有量は、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、バインダーポリマー全質量に対して、5,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、2,000質量ppm以下がより好ましく、500質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、バインダーポリマー全質量に対して、1質量ppm以上が好ましく、10質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーの各構造単位の残存モノマーは、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、3,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、600質量ppm以下がより好ましく、100質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.1質量ppm以上が好ましく、1質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
[Residual monomer]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain residual monomers of each structural unit of the binder polymer described above.
The content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. More preferred. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mass ppm or more, more preferably 10 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the binder polymer.
The residual monomer of each structural unit of the binder polymer is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
 高分子反応でバインダーポリマーを合成する際のモノマーの残存モノマー量も、上記範囲とすることが好ましい。例えば、カルボン酸側鎖にアクリル酸グリシジルを反応させてバインダーポリマーを合成する場合、アクリル酸グリシジルの含有量を上記範囲にすることが好ましい。
 残存モノマーの量は、液体クロマトグラフィー、及び、ガスクロマトグラフィー等の公知の方法で測定できる。
The amount of residual monomer of the monomer when synthesizing the binder polymer by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range. For example, when glycidyl acrylate is reacted with the carboxylic acid side chain to synthesize a binder polymer, the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
The amount of the residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
[他の成分]
 感光性組成物層は、既述の成分以外の成分(以下「他の成分」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、増感剤、色素、酸化防止剤、粒子(例えば、金属酸化物粒子)が挙げられる。また、他の成分としては、特開2000-310706号公報の段落[0058]~[0071]に記載のその他の添加剤も挙げられる。
[Other ingredients]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned components (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”). Other components include, for example, sensitizers, dyes, antioxidants, particles (eg, metal oxide particles). Further, as other components, other additives described in paragraphs [0058] to [0071] of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
-増感剤-
 増感剤としては、特に制限されず、公知の増感剤、染料及び顔料を用いることができる。増感剤としては、例えば、ジアルキルアミノベンゾフェノン化合物、ピラゾリン化合物、アントラセン化合物、クマリン化合物、キサントン化合物、チオキサントン化合物、アクリドン化合物、オキサゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、トリアゾール化合物(例えば、1,2,4-トリアゾール)、スチルベン化合物、トリアジン化合物、チオフェン化合物、ナフタルイミド化合物、トリアリールアミン化合物、及び、アミノアクリジン化合物が挙げられる。
-Sensitizer-
The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example,). 1,2,4-triazole), stylben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridin compounds.
-粒子-
 粒子としては、金属酸化物粒子が好ましい。
 金属酸化物粒子における金属には、B、Si、Ge、As、Sb、及び、Te等の半金属も含まれる。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、例えば、硬化膜の透明性の点から、1~200nmが好ましく、3~80nmがより好ましい。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡を用いて任意の粒子200個の粒子径を測定し、測定結果を算術平均することにより算出される。なお、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を粒子径とする。
-particle-
As the particles, metal oxide particles are preferable.
The metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
The average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 3 to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
The average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
 感光性組成物層が粒子を含む場合、金属種、及び、大きさ等の異なる粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性組成物層は、粒子を含まないか、又は、感光性組成物層が粒子を含む場合には、粒子の含有量が、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0質量%超35質量%以下が好ましく、粒子を含まないか、又は、粒子の含有量が、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0質量%超10質量%以下がより好ましく、粒子を含まないか、又は、粒子の含有量が、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0質量%超5質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないか、又は、粒子の含有量が、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0質量%超1質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないことが特に好ましい。
When the photosensitive composition layer contains particles, it may contain only one kind of metal type and particles having different sizes, etc., or may contain two or more kinds of particles.
The photosensitive composition layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive composition layer contains particles, the content of the particles exceeds 0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. Whether it is preferably 35% by mass or less and contains no particles, or the content of the particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and is free of particles. Or, the content of the particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and the particles are not contained or the content of the particles is the photosensitive composition. It is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the material layer, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
-色素-
 感光性組成物層は、色素を含んでいてもよい。
 色素としては、特に制限されず、公知の色素を用いることができ、例えば、ロイコ化合物が挙げられる。
-Dye-
The photosensitive composition layer may contain a dye.
The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used, and examples thereof include leuco compounds.
-酸化防止剤-
 酸化防止剤としては、例えば、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドン(別名:フェニドン)、1-フェニル-4,4-ジメチル-3-ピラゾリドン、及び、1-フェニル-4-メチル-4-ヒドロキシメチル-3-ピラゾリドン等の3-ピラゾリドン類;ハイドロキノン、カテコール、ピロガロール、メチルハイドロキノン、及び、クロルハイドロキノン等のポリヒドロキシベンゼン類;パラメチルアミノフェノール、パラアミノフェノール、パラヒドロキシフェニルグリシン、及び、パラフェニレンジアミンが挙げられる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、酸化防止剤としては、3-ピラゾリドン類が好ましく、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドンがより好ましい。
-Antioxidant-
Examples of the antioxidant include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-. 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
Among them, 3-pyrazolidones are preferable, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
 感光性組成物層が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%以上が好ましく、0.005質量%以上がより好ましく、0.01質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、1質量%以下が好ましい。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. It is preferable, and 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
[不純物]
 感光性組成物層は、不純物を含んでいてもよい。
 不純物としては、例えば、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、マンガン、銅、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、ニッケル、亜鉛、スズ、ハロゲン、及び、これらのイオンが挙げられる。
 なかでも、ハロゲン化物イオン、ナトリウムイオン、及び、カリウムイオンは不純物として混入し易いため、下記の含有量にすることが好ましい。
[impurities]
The photosensitive composition layer may contain impurities.
Examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and ions thereof.
Among them, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed as impurities, so the following content is preferable.
 感光性組成物層における不純物の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、80質量ppm以下が好ましく、10質量ppm以下がより好ましく、2質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、1質量ppb以上が好ましく、0.1質量ppm以上がより好ましい。 The content of impurities in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, still more preferably 2% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 mass ppb or more, more preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.
 不純物を上記範囲にする方法としては、感光性組成物層に含まれる原料として不純物の含有量が少ないものを選択すること、及び、感光性組成物層の形成時に不純物の混入を防ぐこと、洗浄して除去することが挙げられる。このような方法により、不純物量を上記範囲内とすることができる。 As a method of setting impurities within the above range, a raw material having a low impurity content is selected as a raw material contained in the photosensitive composition layer, and prevention of contamination of impurities during formation of the photosensitive composition layer, and cleaning. And remove it. By such a method, the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
 不純物は、例えば、ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma)発光分光分析法、原子吸光分光法、及び、イオンクロマトグラフィー法等の公知の方法で定量できる。 Impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography.
 感光性組成物層における、ベンゼン、ホルムアルデヒド、トリクロロエチレン、1,3-ブタジエン、四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、及び、ヘキサン等の化合物の含有量は、少ないことが好ましい。これら化合物は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、100質量ppm以下が好ましく、20質量ppm以下がより好ましく、4質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、10質量ppb以上が好ましく、100質量ppb以上がより好ましい。これら化合物は、上述した金属の不純物と同様の方法で含有量を抑制できる。また、公知の測定法により定量できる。 The content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive composition layer is Less is preferable. These compounds are preferably 100 mass ppm or less, more preferably 20 mass ppm or less, still more preferably 4 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 mass ppb or more, more preferably 100 mass ppb or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The content of these compounds can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Further, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
 感光性組成物層における水の含有量は、感光性組成物層の全質量に対して、信頼性及びラミネート性を向上させる点から、0.01~1.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The water content in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, preferably 0.05, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminateability. ~ 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
[屈折率調整層]
 転写フィルムは、感光性組成物層上に配置された屈折率調整層を有していてもよい。
 転写フィルムは、仮支持体と、感光性組成物層と、屈折率調整層とをこの順で有することが好ましい。
 なお、転写フィルムが後述する保護フィルムを更に有する場合、仮支持体と、感光性組成物層と、屈折率調整層と、後述する保護フィルムとをこの順で有することが好ましい。
[Refractive index adjustment layer]
The transfer film may have a refractive index adjusting layer arranged on the photosensitive composition layer.
The transfer film preferably has a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer, and a refractive index adjusting layer in this order.
When the transfer film further has a protective film described later, it is preferable to have a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer, a refractive index adjusting layer, and a protective film described later in this order.
 屈折率調整層としては、公知の屈折率調整層を適用できる。屈折率調整層に含まれる材料としては、例えば、バインダー及び粒子が挙げられる。 As the refractive index adjusting layer, a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied. Examples of the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include a binder and particles.
 バインダーとしては、例えば、感光性組成物層に含まれるバインダーポリマー及びカルボン酸無水物構造を有する構造単位を含む重合体が挙げられる。 Examples of the binder include a binder polymer contained in the photosensitive composition layer and a polymer containing a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure.
 粒子としては、例えば、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ZrO粒子)、酸化ニオブ粒子(Nb粒子)、酸化チタン粒子(TiO粒子)、及び、二酸化珪素粒子(SiO粒子)が挙げられる。 Examples of the particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), niobium oxide particles (Nb 2 O 5 particles), titanium oxide particles (TiO 2 particles), and silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles).
 屈折率調整層は、金属酸化抑制剤を含むことが好ましい。
 屈折率調整層が金属酸化抑制剤を含むことで、屈折率調整層に接する金属の酸化を抑制できる。
 金属酸化抑制剤としては、例えば、分子内に窒素原子を含む芳香環を有する化合物が好ましい。金属酸化抑制剤としては、例えば、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、テトラゾール、メルカプトチアジアゾール、及び、ベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。
The refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains a metal oxidation inhibitor.
When the refractive index adjusting layer contains a metal oxidation inhibitor, the oxidation of the metal in contact with the refractive index adjusting layer can be suppressed.
As the metal oxidation inhibitor, for example, a compound having an aromatic ring containing a nitrogen atom in the molecule is preferable. Examples of the metal oxidation inhibitor include imidazole, benzimidazole, tetrazole, mercaptothiadiazole, and benzotriazole.
 屈折率調整層の屈折率は、1.60以上が好ましく、1.63以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、2.10以下が好ましく、1.85以下がより好ましい。 The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.60 or more, more preferably 1.63 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2.10 or less, and more preferably 1.85 or less.
 屈折率調整層の厚みは、500nm以下が好ましく、110nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、20nm以上が好ましく、50nm以上がより好ましい。
 屈折率調整層の厚みは、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)による断面観察により測定した任意の5点の平均値として算出する。
The thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 110 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 20 nm or more, and more preferably 50 nm or more.
The thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is calculated as an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
[その他の層]
 転写フィルムは、上述した仮支持体、感光性組成物層、屈折率調整層、及び、保護フィルム以外に、その他の層を有していてもよい。
 その他の層としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層、中間層、及び、帯電防止層が挙げられる。
[Other layers]
The transfer film may have other layers in addition to the temporary support, the photosensitive composition layer, the refractive index adjusting layer, and the protective film described above.
Examples of the other layer include a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and an antistatic layer.
(熱可塑性樹脂層)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、通常、仮支持体と感光性組成物層との間に配置される。転写フィルムが熱可塑性樹脂層を備えることで、転写フィルムと基板との貼合工程における基板への追従性が向上して、基板と転写フィルムとの間の気泡の混入を抑制できる。この結果として、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層(例えば、仮支持体)との密着性を担保できる。
(Thermoplastic resin layer)
The thermoplastic resin layer is usually arranged between the temporary support and the photosensitive composition layer. When the transfer film is provided with the thermoplastic resin layer, the followability to the substrate in the bonding process between the transfer film and the substrate is improved, and the mixing of air bubbles between the substrate and the transfer film can be suppressed. As a result, the adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer (for example, a temporary support) can be ensured.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、樹脂を含む。上記樹脂は、その一部又は全部として、熱可塑性樹脂を含む。つまり、一態様において、熱可塑性樹脂層は、樹脂が熱可塑性樹脂であることも好ましい。 The thermoplastic resin layer contains resin. The resin contains a thermoplastic resin in part or in whole. That is, in one embodiment, it is also preferable that the resin of the thermoplastic resin layer is a thermoplastic resin.
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、スチレン-アクリル系共重合体、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。
The thermoplastic resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin. , Polychloride resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
 ここで、アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構成単位を有する樹脂を意味する。
 アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位の合計含有量が、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して50質量%以上であることが好ましい。
 なかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量が、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、30~100質量%が好ましく、50~100質量%がより好ましい。
As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
Here, the acrylic resin is at least selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having one kind of structural unit.
As the acrylic resin, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the mass.
Among them, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, preferably 50 to 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. 100% by mass is more preferable.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸基を有する重合体であることが好ましい。
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及びホスホン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性の観点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のアルカリ可溶性樹脂がより好ましく、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が更に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価の上限は、特に制限されないが、300mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、250mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。
Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
The upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
 酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、特に制限されず、公知の樹脂から適宜選択して使用できる。
 例えば、特開2011-095716号公報の段落[0025]に記載のポリマーのうち酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂であるアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落[0033]~[0052]に記載のポリマーのうちの酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、及び特開2016-224162号公報の段落[0053]~[0068]に記載のバインダーポリマーのうちの酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。
 上記カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂におけるカルボキシ基を有する構成単位の共重合比は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、5~50質量%が好ましく、10~40質量%がより好ましく、12~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂が特に好ましい。
The carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
For example, among the polymers described in paragraph [0025] of JP-A-2011-095716, an alkali-soluble resin which is a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, paragraph [0033] of JP-A-2010-237589. Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in [0052], and acids among the binder polymers described in paragraphs [0053] to [0068] of JP2016-224162A. Examples thereof include a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having a value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
The copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 12 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. Is more preferable.
As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、反応性基を有していてもよい。反応性基としては、付加重合可能な基であればよく、エチレン性不飽和基;ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基等の重縮合性基;エポキシ基、(ブロック)イソシアネート基等の重付加反応性基が挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be any addition-polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group; a polycondensable group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group; a polyaddition reactive group such as an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group may be used. Can be mentioned.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上が好ましく、1万~10万がより好ましく、2万~5万が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10~99質量%が好ましく、20~90質量%がより好ましく、40~80質量%が更に好ましく、50~75質量%が特に好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 to 99% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the adjacent layer. 40 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 50 to 75% by mass is particularly preferable.
(中間層)
 転写フィルム10において、中間層5は、熱可塑性樹脂層3と感光性組成物層7との間に存在することにより、熱可塑性樹脂層3及び感光性組成物層7の塗布形成の際及び塗布形成後の保存の際に生じ得る成分の混合を抑制できる。
 中間層としては、水溶性樹脂を含む水溶性樹脂層が使用できる。
 また、中間層としては、特開平5-072724号公報に「分離層」として記載されている、酸素遮断機能のある酸素遮断層も使用できる。中間層が酸素遮断層であると、露光時の感度が向上し、露光機の時間負荷が低減し、生産性が向上するため、好ましい。
 中間層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、上記公報等に記載された公知の層から適宜選択すればよい。なかでも、低い酸素透過性を示し、水又はアルカリ水溶液(22℃の炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液)に分散又は溶解する酸素遮断層が好ましい。
(Middle layer)
In the transfer film 10, the intermediate layer 5 is present between the thermoplastic resin layer 3 and the photosensitive composition layer 7, so that the thermoplastic resin layer 3 and the photosensitive composition layer 7 are formed and coated. It is possible to suppress the mixing of components that may occur during storage after formation.
As the intermediate layer, a water-soluble resin layer containing a water-soluble resin can be used.
Further, as the intermediate layer, an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-07724, can also be used. When the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and the productivity is improved, which is preferable.
The oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from the known layers described in the above publications and the like. Of these, an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.) is preferable.
 以下、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)が含み得る各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component that can be contained in the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) will be described.
 水溶性樹脂層(中間層)は、樹脂を含む。
 上記樹脂は、その一部又は全部として、水溶性樹脂を含む。
 水溶性樹脂として使用可能な樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、ポリビニルピロリドン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンオキサイド系樹脂、ゼラチン、ビニルエーテル系樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、及びこれらの共重合体等の樹脂が挙げられる。
 また、水溶性樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニル化合物の共重合体等も使用できる。(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニル化合物の共重合体としては、(メタ)アクリル酸/(メタ)アクリル酸アリルの共重合体が好ましく、メタクリル酸/メタクリル酸アリルの共重合体がより好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂が(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニル化合物の共重合体である場合、各組成比(モル%)としては、例えば、90/10~20/80が好ましく、80/20~30/70がより好ましい。
The water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) contains a resin.
The resin contains a water-soluble resin in part or in whole.
Examples of the resin that can be used as the water-soluble resin include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their co-weight. Examples include resins such as coalescing.
Further, as the water-soluble resin, a (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound copolymer or the like can also be used. As the copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / allyl (meth) acrylic acid is preferable, and a copolymer of methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate is more preferable.
When the water-soluble resin is a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl compound, the composition ratio (mol%) is preferably 90/10 to 20/80, preferably 80/20 to 30/70. More preferred.
 水溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量の下限値としては、5,000以上が好ましく、7,000以上がより好ましく、10,000以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、200,000以下が好ましく、100,000以下がより好ましく、50,000以下が更に好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more. The upper limit thereof is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less.
The dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
 なお、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)の層間混合抑制能をより向上させる点で、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)中の樹脂は、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)の一方の面側に配置される層に含まれる樹脂及び他方の面側に配置される層に含まれる樹脂とは異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。例えば、感光性組成物層17中に重合体Aが含まれ、熱可塑性樹脂層13中に熱可塑性樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)が含まれる場合、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)15の樹脂は、重合体A及び熱可塑性樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)とは異なる樹脂であるのが好ましい。 The resin in the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is arranged on one surface side of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) in order to further improve the ability to suppress interlayer mixing of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer). It is preferable that the resin is different from the resin contained in the layer to be formed and the resin contained in the layer arranged on the other surface side. For example, when the polymer A is contained in the photosensitive composition layer 17 and the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) is contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 13, the resin of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) 15 is a resin. It is preferable that the resin is different from the polymer A and the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin).
 水溶性樹脂は、酸素遮断性、並びに、層間混合抑制能をより向上させる点で、ポリビニルアルコールを含むことが好ましく、ポリビニルアルコール及びポリビニルピロリドンの両者を含むことがより好ましい。 The water-soluble resin preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and more preferably contains both polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, in terms of further improving the oxygen blocking property and the ability to suppress interlayer mixing.
 水溶性樹脂は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 水溶性樹脂の含有量は特に制限されないが、酸素遮断性、並びに、層間混合抑制能をより向上させる点で、水溶性樹脂層(中間層)の全質量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上が更に好ましく、90質量%以上が特に好ましい。なお、その上限値としては特に制限されないが、99.9質量%以下が好ましく、99.8質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The water-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) in terms of further improving the oxygen blocking property and the ability to suppress interlayer mixing. , 70% by mass or more is more preferable, 80% by mass or more is further preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% by mass or less, and more preferably 99.8% by mass or less.
 水溶性樹脂層(中間層)の層厚は、特に制限されないが、0.1~5μmが好ましく、0.5~3μmがより好ましい。水溶性樹脂層(中間層)の厚みが上記の範囲内であると、酸素遮断性を低下させることがなく、層間混合抑制能が優れる。また、更に、現像時の水溶性樹脂層(中間層)除去時間の増大も抑制できる。 The layer thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm. When the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is within the above range, the oxygen blocking property is not lowered and the ability to suppress interlaminar mixing is excellent. Further, it is possible to suppress an increase in the time for removing the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) during development.
(帯電防止層)
 転写フィルムが帯電防止層を有することで、帯電防止層上に配置されたフィルム等を剥離する際における静電気の発生を抑制でき、また、設備又は他のフィルム等との擦れによる静電気の発生も抑制できるため、例えば、電子機器における不具合の発生を抑止できる。
 帯電防止層は、仮支持体と感光性組成物層との間に配置することが好ましい。
(Antistatic layer)
Since the transfer film has an antistatic layer, it is possible to suppress the generation of static electricity when peeling off the film or the like arranged on the antistatic layer, and also suppress the generation of static electricity due to rubbing against equipment or other films or the like. Therefore, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a defect in an electronic device.
The antistatic layer is preferably placed between the temporary support and the photosensitive composition layer.
 帯電防止層は、帯電防止性を有する層であり、帯電防止剤を少なくとも含む。帯電防止剤としては特に制限されず、公知の帯電防止剤を適用できる。 The antistatic layer is a layer having antistatic properties and contains at least an antistatic agent. The antistatic agent is not particularly limited, and a known antistatic agent can be applied.
〔仮支持体の製造方法〕
 仮支持体の製造方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 仮支持体の製造方法としては、押出成形工程と塗布工程と有する製造方法であってもよく、共押出成形工程を有する製造方法であってもよい。また、上記工程に加えて、更に2軸延伸工程を有することが好ましい。
 押出成形法としては、例えば、押出機を用いて原料樹脂を押し出すことによって、原料樹脂を所望の形状に成形する方法が挙げられる。
 共押出形成工程としては、例えば、押出機を用いて複数の原料樹脂を押し出すことによって、原料樹脂を多層構造を有する形状に成形する方法が挙げられる。
[Manufacturing method of temporary support]
The method for producing the temporary support is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
The temporary support may be manufactured by a manufacturing method having an extrusion molding step and a coating step, or a manufacturing method having a coextrusion molding step. Further, it is preferable to have a biaxial stretching step in addition to the above steps.
Examples of the extrusion molding method include a method of molding a raw material resin into a desired shape by extruding the raw material resin using an extruder.
Examples of the coextrusion forming step include a method of molding a plurality of raw material resins into a shape having a multilayer structure by extruding a plurality of raw material resins using an extruder.
 2軸延伸工程としては、縦延伸及び横延伸を同時に行う同時2軸延伸であってもよく、縦延伸及び横延伸を2段階又は2段階以上の多段階に分けて行う逐次2軸延伸であってもよい。逐次2軸延伸の形態としては、例えば、〔縦延伸及び横延伸の順〕、〔縦延伸、横延伸及び縦延伸の順〕、〔縦延伸、縦延伸及び横延伸の順〕、並びに、〔横延伸及び縦延伸の順〕の形態が挙げられる。なかでも、縦延伸及び横延伸の順で行うことが好ましい。 The biaxial stretching step may be simultaneous biaxial stretching in which longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching are performed at the same time, or sequential biaxial stretching in which longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching are performed in two stages or in multiple stages of two or more stages. You may. The forms of sequential biaxial stretching include, for example, [in order of longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching], [in order of longitudinal stretching, transverse stretching and longitudinal stretching], [in order of longitudinal stretching, longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching], and [ The form of lateral stretching and longitudinal stretching] can be mentioned. Above all, it is preferable to carry out in the order of longitudinal stretching and transverse stretching.
 次に、本明細書に係る仮支持体の製造方法の一例について具体的に説明する。
 仮支持体の製造方法は、ポリエステルを溶融押出することにより、未延伸仮支持体本体を形成する工程(以下「押出成形工程」ともいう。)と、塗布工程と、上記仮支持体本体を長手方向に延伸する工程(以下「縦延伸工程」ともいう。)と、上記長手方向に延伸された仮支持体本体を幅方向に延伸する工程(以下「横延伸工程」ともいう。)と、を有することが好ましい。また、仮支持体の製造方法は、第1層、第2層、及び、仮支持体本体の原料樹脂を同時に溶融押出することにより、未延伸仮支持体を形成する工程(以下「共押出成形工程」ともいう。)と、上記仮支持体を長手方向に延伸する工程(以下「縦延伸工程」ともいう。)と、上記長手方向に延伸された仮支持体を幅方向に延伸する工程(以下「横延伸工程」ともいう。)と、を有することも好ましい。
Next, an example of a method for manufacturing a temporary support according to the present specification will be specifically described.
The method for manufacturing the temporary support includes a step of forming an unstretched temporary support main body by melt-extruding polyester (hereinafter, also referred to as “extrusion molding step”), a coating step, and a lengthening of the temporary support main body. A step of stretching in the direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “longitudinal stretching step”) and a step of stretching the temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction in the width direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “transverse stretching step”). It is preferable to have. Further, the method for manufacturing the temporary support is a step of forming an unstretched temporary support by simultaneously melt-extruding the raw material resins of the first layer, the second layer, and the temporary support body (hereinafter, “coextrusion molding”). A step of stretching the temporary support in the longitudinal direction (hereinafter, also referred to as a “longitudinal stretching step”), and a step of stretching the temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction in the width direction (also referred to as a “step”). Hereinafter, it is also preferable to have a “transverse stretching step”).
<押出成形工程>
 押出成形工程においては、原料樹脂(例えば、ポリエステル)を溶融押出することにより、未延伸仮支持体本体を形成する。
<Extrusion molding process>
In the extrusion molding step, the raw material resin (for example, polyester) is melt-extruded to form an unstretched temporary support body.
 溶融押出の方法としては、例えば、押出機を用いる方法が挙げられる。例えば、溶融押出は、1本又は2本以上のスクリュを備えた押出機を用いて、原料樹脂(例えば、ポリエステル)を融点以上の温度に加熱し、そして、スクリュを回転させて溶融混練しながら行われる。ポリエステルは、加熱及びスクリュによる混練により、押出機内で溶融して溶融体(メルト)となる。 Examples of the melt extrusion method include a method using an extruder. For example, in melt extrusion, a raw material resin (for example, polyester) is heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point using an extruder equipped with one or two or more screws, and the screw is rotated to melt and knead. Will be done. Polyester is melted in an extruder by heating and kneading with a screw to form a melt.
 溶融体は、ギアポンプ、及び、濾過器等を通して、押出ダイ(以下「ダイ」ともいう。)から押し出される(JIS B8650:2006、a、押出成形機、番号134)。溶融体は、単層で押出されてもよく、多層で押出されてもよい。 The melt is extruded from an extrusion die (hereinafter, also referred to as "die") through a gear pump, a filter, or the like (JIS B8650: 2006, a, extrusion molding machine, No. 134). The melt may be extruded in a single layer or in multiple layers.
 溶融押出においては、押出機内での熱分解(例えば、ポリエステルの加水分解)を抑制する観点から、押出機内を窒素置換することが好ましい。また、押出機は、混練温度が低く抑えられる点で2軸押出機であることが好ましい。 In melt extrusion, it is preferable to replace the inside of the extruder with nitrogen from the viewpoint of suppressing thermal decomposition (for example, hydrolysis of polyester) in the extruder. Further, the extruder is preferably a twin-screw extruder in that the kneading temperature can be kept low.
 押出ダイから押し出された溶融体は、冷却されることによってフィルム状に成形される。例えば、溶融体をキャスティングロールに接触させ、キャスティングロール上で溶融体を冷却及び固化することで、溶融体をフィルム状に成形できる。溶融体の冷却においては、更に、溶融体に風(冷風が好ましい)を当てることが好ましい。 The melt extruded from the extrusion die is cooled to form a film. For example, the melt can be formed into a film by bringing the melt into contact with a casting roll and cooling and solidifying the melt on the casting roll. In cooling the melt, it is more preferable to blow air (preferably cold air) on the melt.
 キャスティングロールの温度は、ポリエステルのガラス転移温度(Tg)に対して、-10℃超+30℃以下が好ましく、-7~+20℃がより好ましく、-5+10℃が更に好ましい。 The temperature of the casting roll is preferably more than −10 ° C. + 30 ° C., more preferably −7 to + 20 ° C., and even more preferably −5 + 10 ° C. with respect to the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester.
 押出成形工程においてキャスティングロールを用いる場合、キャスティングロールと溶融体との密着性を上げることが好ましい。密着性を上げる方法としては、例えば、静電印加法、エアーナイフ法、エアーチャンバー法、バキュームノズル法、及び、タッチロール法が挙げられる。 When a casting roll is used in the extrusion molding process, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the casting roll and the melt. Examples of the method for improving the adhesion include an electrostatic application method, an air knife method, an air chamber method, a vacuum nozzle method, and a touch roll method.
 キャスティングロール等を用いて冷却された仮支持体本体は、剥ぎ取りロール等の剥ぎ取り部材を用いて、キャスティングロール等の冷却部材から剥ぎ取られる。 The temporary support body cooled by using a casting roll or the like is stripped from the cooling member such as a casting roll by using a stripping member such as a stripping roll.
<塗布工程>
 塗布工程は、第1層又は第2層を形成する工程である。
 塗布工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
<Applying process>
The coating step is a step of forming the first layer or the second layer.
The coating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods.
 塗布工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。例えば、リバースロールコート法、グラビアコート法、キスコート法、ダイコーター法、ロールブラッシュ法、スプレーコート法、エアナイフコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、パイプドクター法、含浸コート法、及び、カーテンコート法が挙げられる。また、これらの方法を単独又は組み合わせて使用してもよい。
 塗布工程においては、第1層又は第2層に含まれる成分を溶剤に溶解させて第1層又は第2層形成用塗布液を調製して用いることが好ましい。溶剤としては、例えば、水及び有機溶剤が挙げられる。
The coating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods. For example, the reverse roll coat method, the gravure coat method, the kiss coat method, the die coater method, the roll brush method, the spray coat method, the air knife coat method, the wire bar coat method, the pipe doctor method, the impregnation coat method, and the curtain coat method can be mentioned. Be done. Moreover, you may use these methods alone or in combination.
In the coating step, it is preferable to dissolve the components contained in the first layer or the second layer in a solvent to prepare and use the coating liquid for forming the first layer or the second layer. Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents.
 塗布工程は、仮支持体の製造工程における任意の工程の前後に設けてもよい。具体的には、押出成形工程後に設けてもよく、2軸延伸工程後に設けてもよい。また、1回又は複数回行ってもよい。
 なかでも、2軸延伸工程後に設けることが好ましく、長手方向に延伸された仮支持体本体上に第1層又は第2層形成用塗布液を塗布し、次いで、横延伸することがより好ましい。
The coating step may be provided before and after any step in the manufacturing step of the temporary support. Specifically, it may be provided after the extrusion molding step or after the biaxial stretching step. Further, it may be performed once or a plurality of times.
Among them, it is preferable to provide the coating liquid after the biaxial stretching step, and it is more preferable to apply the coating liquid for forming the first layer or the second layer on the temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction, and then laterally stretch the coating liquid.
<共押出成形工程>
 共押出成形工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。共押出成形工程としては、例えば、特開2019-65271号公報に記載の方法が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Coextrusion molding process>
The coextrusion molding step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods. Examples of the coextrusion molding step include the methods described in JP-A-2019-65271, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
<2軸延伸工程>
 2軸延伸工程は、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 2軸延伸工程としては、縦延伸工程及び横延伸工程を有することが好ましい。
<Biaxial stretching process>
The biaxial stretching step is not particularly limited, and a known method can be mentioned.
The biaxial stretching step preferably includes a longitudinal stretching step and a transverse stretching step.
[縦延伸工程]
 縦延伸工程においては、上記未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)を長手方向に延伸(以下「縦延伸」ともいう。)を行うことが好ましい。
[Vertical stretching process]
In the longitudinal stretching step, it is preferable to stretch the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the main body of the unstretched temporary support) in the longitudinal direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “longitudinal stretching”).
 縦延伸工程においては、縦延伸前に、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)を予熱することが好ましい。未延伸フィルムを予熱することで、上記フィルムを容易に縦延伸できる。 In the longitudinal stretching step, it is preferable to preheat the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body) before the longitudinal stretching. By preheating the unstretched film, the film can be easily stretched vertically.
 予熱温度は、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)のTgに対して、-10~+60℃であることが好ましく、0~+50℃であることがより好ましい。具体的に、予熱温度は、60~100℃であることが好ましく、65~80℃であることがより好ましい。 The preheating temperature is preferably −10 to + 60 ° C., more preferably 0 to + 50 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body). .. Specifically, the preheating temperature is preferably 60 to 100 ° C, more preferably 65 to 80 ° C.
 縦延伸は、例えば、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)を長手方向に搬送しながら、搬送方向に設置した2対以上のニップロール間で緊張を与えることによって行うことができる。例えば、搬送方向上流側に1対のニップロールA、及び、搬送方向下流側に1対のニップロールBを設置した場合、未延伸ポリエステルフィルムを搬送する際にニップロールBの回転速度を、ニップロールAの回転速度より速くすることで、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)が長手方向に延伸される。 The longitudinal stretching is performed, for example, by applying tension between two or more pairs of nip rolls installed in the transport direction while transporting the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body) in the longitudinal direction. It can be carried out. For example, when a pair of nip rolls A and a pair of nip rolls B are installed on the upstream side in the transport direction, the rotation speed of the nip rolls B is set to the rotation speed of the nip roll A when the unstretched polyester film is transported. By increasing the speed, the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body) is stretched in the longitudinal direction.
 縦延伸工程における延伸倍率は、後述する横延伸工程における延伸倍率より小さいことが好ましい。縦延伸工程における延伸倍率は、2.0~5.0倍であることが好ましく、2.5~4.0倍であることがより好ましく、2.8~4.0倍であることが更に好ましい。 The draw ratio in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably smaller than the stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step described later. The stretching ratio in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 2.0 to 5.0 times, more preferably 2.5 to 4.0 times, and further preferably 2.8 to 4.0 times. preferable.
 縦延伸工程における加熱温度は、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)のTgに対して、-20~+50℃であることが好ましく、-10~+40℃であることがより好ましく、0~+30℃であることが更に好ましい。具体的に、縦延伸工程における加熱温度は、70~120℃であることが好ましく、80~110℃であることがより好ましく、85~100℃であることが更に好ましい。 The heating temperature in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably −20 to + 50 ° C., preferably −10 to + 40 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body). It is more preferable that the temperature is 0 to + 30 ° C. Specifically, the heating temperature in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 70 to 120 ° C, more preferably 80 to 110 ° C, and even more preferably 85 to 100 ° C.
 未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)を加熱する方法としては、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)に接触するニップロール等のロールを加熱する方法が挙げられる。ロールを加熱する方法としては、例えば、ロール内部にヒーター又は熱溶媒を流すことができる配管を設ける方法が挙げられる。上記の以外に、例えば、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)に温風を当てる方法、ヒーター等の熱源に接触させる方法、及び、熱源の近傍を通過させることによって未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)を加熱する方法が挙げられる。 As a method for heating the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body), a nip roll or the like in contact with the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body) or the like. A method of heating the roll of the film is mentioned. Examples of the method for heating the roll include a method of providing a heater or a pipe through which a hot solvent can flow inside the roll. In addition to the above, for example, a method of applying warm air to an unstretched film (for example, an unstretched temporary support and an unstretched temporary support body), a method of contacting with a heat source such as a heater, and passing in the vicinity of the heat source. This includes a method of heating an unstretched film (for example, an unstretched temporary support and an unstretched temporary support body).
 縦延伸工程における延伸速度は、800~1500%/秒であることが好ましく、1000~1400%/秒であることがより好ましく、1200~1400%/秒であることが更に好ましい。ここで、「延伸速度」とは、延伸前の長さdから1秒間に延伸された長さΔdを、延伸前の長さdで除した値を百分率で表した値である。 The stretching speed in the longitudinal stretching step is preferably 800 to 1500% / sec, more preferably 1000 to 1400% / sec, and even more preferably 1200 to 1400% / sec. Here, the "stretching speed" is a value expressed as a percentage by dividing the length Δd stretched for 1 second from the length d 0 before stretching by the length d 0 before stretching.
[横延伸工程]
 横延伸工程においては、上記長手方向に延伸されたフィルム(例えば、長手方向に延伸された仮支持体及び長手方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)を幅方向に延伸(以下「横延伸」ともいう。)する。
[Cross-stretching process]
In the transverse stretching step, the film stretched in the longitudinal direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the longitudinal direction) is stretched in the width direction (hereinafter, also referred to as “lateral stretching”). Say.)
 横延伸工程においては、横延伸前に、長手方向に延伸されたフィルム(例えば、長手方向に延伸された仮支持体及び長手方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)を予熱することが好ましい。上記フィルムを予熱することで、上記フィルムを容易に横延伸できる。 In the transverse stretching step, it is preferable to preheat the film stretched in the longitudinal direction (for example, the temporary support stretched in the longitudinal direction and the temporary support body stretched in the longitudinal direction) before the transverse stretching. By preheating the film, the film can be easily stretched laterally.
 予熱温度は、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)のTgに対して、-10~+60℃であることが好ましく、0~+50℃であることがより好ましい。具体的に、予熱温度は、80~120℃であることが好ましく、90~110℃であることがより好ましい。 The preheating temperature is preferably −10 to + 60 ° C., more preferably 0 to + 50 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support body). .. Specifically, the preheating temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C, more preferably 90 to 110 ° C.
 横延伸工程における延伸倍率は、上記縦延伸工程における延伸倍率より大きいことが好ましい。横延伸工程における延伸倍率は、3.0~6.0倍であることが好ましく、3.5~5.0倍であることがより好ましく、3.5~4.5倍であることが更に好ましい。 The draw ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably larger than the draw ratio in the longitudinal stretching step. The stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably 3.0 to 6.0 times, more preferably 3.5 to 5.0 times, and further preferably 3.5 to 4.5 times. preferable.
 縦延伸工程における延伸倍率と、横延伸工程における延伸倍率との積で表される面積倍率は、12.8~15.5倍であることが好ましく、13.5~15.2倍であることがより好ましく、14.0~15.0倍であることが更に好ましい。面積倍率が12.8倍以上であると、フィルム幅方向における分子配向が良好になる。また、面積倍率が15.5倍以下であると、加熱処理に供された際に分子配向が緩和されにくい状態を維持しやすい。 The area magnification represented by the product of the stretching ratio in the longitudinal stretching step and the stretching ratio in the transverse stretching step is preferably 12.8 to 15.5 times, and preferably 13.5 to 15.2 times. Is more preferable, and 14.0 to 15.0 times is further preferable. When the area magnification is 12.8 times or more, the molecular orientation in the film width direction becomes good. Further, when the area magnification is 15.5 times or less, it is easy to maintain a state in which the molecular orientation is difficult to be relaxed when subjected to heat treatment.
 横延伸工程における加熱温度は、未延伸フィルム(例えば、未延伸仮支持体及び未延伸仮支持体本体)のTgに対して、-10~+80℃であることが好ましく、0~+70℃であることがより好ましく、0~+60℃であることが更に好ましい。具体的に、横延伸工程における加熱温度は、100~140℃であることが好ましく、110~135℃であることがより好ましく、115~130℃であることが更に好ましい。 The heating temperature in the transverse stretching step is preferably −10 to + 80 ° C., preferably 0 to + 70 ° C. with respect to the Tg of the unstretched film (for example, the unstretched temporary support and the unstretched temporary support main body). More preferably, it is more preferably 0 to + 60 ° C. Specifically, the heating temperature in the transverse stretching step is preferably 100 to 140 ° C, more preferably 110 to 135 ° C, and even more preferably 115 to 130 ° C.
 横延伸工程における延伸速度は、10~100%/秒であることが好ましく、10~70%/秒であることがより好ましく、20~60%/秒であることが更に好ましい。 The stretching speed in the transverse stretching step is preferably 10 to 100% / sec, more preferably 10 to 70% / sec, and even more preferably 20 to 60% / sec.
<加熱処理工程>
 仮支持体の製造方法としては、上記幅方向に延伸されたフィルム(例えば、幅方向に延伸された仮支持体及び幅方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)を加熱処理する工程(以下「加熱処理工程」ともいう。)を有することが好ましい。加熱処理工程としては、例えば、熱固定工程、及び、熱緩和工程が挙げられる。加熱処理工程は、熱固定工程、及び、熱緩和工程の少なくとも一方を有することが好ましく、熱固定工程、及び、熱緩和工程を有することがより好ましい。
<Heat treatment process>
As a method for manufacturing a temporary support, a step of heat-treating a film stretched in the width direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the width direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) (hereinafter, “heating”). It is preferable to have a "treatment step"). Examples of the heat treatment step include a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step. The heat treatment step preferably includes at least one of a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step, and more preferably has a heat fixing step and a heat relaxation step.
(熱固定工程)
 熱固定工程においては、上記幅方向に延伸されたフィルム(例えば、幅方向に延伸された仮支持体及び幅方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)を加熱することで熱固定する。熱固定によって原料樹脂を結晶化させることができるため、上記フィルムの収縮を抑えることができる。
(Heat fixing process)
In the heat fixing step, the film stretched in the width direction (for example, the temporary support stretched in the width direction and the temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) is heat-fixed by heating. Since the raw material resin can be crystallized by heat fixing, shrinkage of the film can be suppressed.
 熱固定工程における加熱温度は、190~240℃であることが好ましく、200~240℃であることがより好ましく、210~230℃であることが更に好ましい。 The heating temperature in the heat fixing step is preferably 190 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C, and even more preferably 210 to 230 ° C.
 熱固定工程において、フィルム幅方向における最高到達膜面温度のばらつきは、0.5~10.0℃であることが好ましく、0.5~7.0℃であることがより好ましく、0.5~5.0℃であることが更に好ましく、0.5~4.0℃であることが特に好ましい。フィルム幅方向における最高到達膜面温度のばらつきを上記範囲内に調節することで、幅方向における結晶化度のばらつきを抑制できる。 In the heat fixing step, the variation in the maximum ultimate film surface temperature in the film width direction is preferably 0.5 to 10.0 ° C, more preferably 0.5 to 7.0 ° C, and 0.5. It is more preferably to 5.0 ° C, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 4.0 ° C. By adjusting the variation in the maximum ultimate film surface temperature in the film width direction within the above range, the variation in the crystallinity in the width direction can be suppressed.
 加熱方法としては、例えば、フィルムに熱風を当てる方法、フィルムを輻射加熱する方法が挙げられる。輻射加熱する方法において用いられる装置としては、例えば、赤外線ヒーターが挙げられる。 Examples of the heating method include a method of applying hot air to the film and a method of radiant heating of the film. Examples of the device used in the method of radiant heating include an infrared heater.
 熱固定工程における加熱時間は、5~50秒であることが好ましく、5~30秒であることがより好ましく、5~10秒であることが更に好ましい。 The heating time in the heat fixing step is preferably 5 to 50 seconds, more preferably 5 to 30 seconds, and even more preferably 5 to 10 seconds.
(熱緩和工程)
 熱緩和工程においては、上記幅方向に延伸されたフィルム(例えば、幅方向に延伸された仮支持体及び幅方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)を加熱することで熱緩和する。熱緩和によってフィルム(例えば、幅方向に延伸された仮支持体及び幅方向に延伸された仮支持体本体)の残留歪みを緩和できる。
(Heat relaxation process)
In the heat relaxation step, heat is relaxed by heating the film stretched in the width direction (for example, a temporary support stretched in the width direction and a temporary support main body stretched in the width direction). By thermal relaxation, the residual strain of the film (for example, the temporary support stretched in the width direction and the temporary support main body stretched in the width direction) can be relaxed.
 熱緩和工程における加熱温度は、熱固定工程における加熱温度より、5℃以上低い温度であることが好ましく、15℃以上低い温度であることがより好ましく、25℃以上低い温度であることが更に好ましく、30℃以上低い温度であることが特に好ましい。 The heating temperature in the heat relaxation step is preferably 5 ° C. or higher, more preferably 15 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably 25 ° C. or higher lower than the heating temperature in the heat fixing step. It is particularly preferable that the temperature is as low as 30 ° C. or higher.
 熱緩和工程における加熱温度の下限は、100℃以上であることが好ましく、110℃以上であることがより好ましく、120℃以上であることが更に好ましい。 The lower limit of the heating temperature in the heat relaxation step is preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably 120 ° C. or higher.
 加熱方法としては、例えば、フィルムに熱風を当てる方法、フィルムを輻射加熱する方法が挙げられる。輻射加熱する方法において用いられる装置としては、例えば、赤外線ヒーターが挙げられる。 Examples of the heating method include a method of applying hot air to the film and a method of radiant heating of the film. Examples of the device used in the method of radiant heating include an infrared heater.
<冷却工程>
 仮支持体の製造方法は、上記加熱処理されたフィルム(例えば、加熱処理された仮支持体及び加熱処理された仮支持体本体)を冷却する工程(以下「冷却工程」ともいう。)を有することが好ましい。
<Cooling process>
The method for manufacturing a temporary support includes a step of cooling the heat-treated film (for example, a heat-treated temporary support and a heat-treated temporary support main body) (hereinafter, also referred to as a “cooling step”). Is preferable.
 冷却方法としては、例えば、フィルムに風(好ましくは冷風)を当てる方法、及び、温度調節可能な部材(例えば、温調ロール)にフィルムを接触させる方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the cooling method include a method of blowing air (preferably cold air) on the film and a method of bringing the film into contact with a temperature-adjustable member (for example, a temperature control roll).
 冷却工程における平均冷却速度は、500~4000℃/分であることが好ましく、1000~3500℃/分であることがより好ましく、1500~3000℃/分であることが更に好ましい。平均冷却速度を上記範囲内に調節することで、冷却工程のおける膜面温度を均一にできるため、幅方向における膨張率ムラを小さくできる。平均冷却速度は、非接触式温度計(例えば、放射温度計)を用いて求める。例えば、フィルム(例えば、仮支持体及び仮支持体本体)の表面温度が150℃になる地点と膜面温度が70℃になる地点との距離Z、及び、フィルムの搬送速度Sから、150℃から70℃までの冷却時間(Z/S)を求める。次に、(150-70)/(Z/S)を計算することにより、平均冷却速度が求められる。 The average cooling rate in the cooling step is preferably 500 to 4000 ° C./min, more preferably 1000 to 3500 ° C./min, and even more preferably 1500 to 3000 ° C./min. By adjusting the average cooling rate within the above range, the film surface temperature in the cooling step can be made uniform, so that the uneven expansion rate in the width direction can be reduced. The average cooling rate is determined using a non-contact thermometer (for example, a radiation thermometer). For example, from the distance Z between the point where the surface temperature of the film (for example, the temporary support and the temporary support body) becomes 150 ° C. and the point where the film surface temperature becomes 70 ° C., and the film transport speed S, 150 ° C. The cooling time (Z / S) from to 70 ° C. is determined. Next, the average cooling rate is obtained by calculating (150-70) / (Z / S).
〔転写フィルムの製造方法〕
 本発明の転写フィルムの製造方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を用いることができる。
 なかでも、生産性に優れる点で、仮支持体上に感光性組成物を塗布し、必要に応じて乾燥処理を施し、感光性組成物層を形成する方法が好ましい。
 以下、上記方法について詳述する。
[Manufacturing method of transfer film]
The method for producing the transfer film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent productivity, a method of applying a photosensitive composition on a temporary support and subjecting it to a drying treatment as necessary to form a photosensitive composition layer is preferable.
Hereinafter, the above method will be described in detail.
 感光性組成物の塗布方法としては、例えば、印刷法、スプレー法、ロールコート法、バーコート法、カーテンコート法、スピンコート法、及びダイコート法(すなわち、スリットコート法)が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for applying the photosensitive composition include a printing method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a bar coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method (that is, a slit coating method).
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、自然乾燥、加熱乾燥、及び減圧乾燥が挙げられる。上記した方法を単独で又は複数組み合わせて適用することができる。
 本明細書において、「乾燥」とは、感光性組成物に含まれる溶剤の少なくとも一部を除去することを意味する。
Examples of the drying method include natural drying, heat drying, and vacuum drying. The above methods can be applied alone or in combination.
As used herein, "drying" means removing at least a portion of the solvent contained in the photosensitive composition.
 転写フィルムが感光性組成物層上に屈折率調整層を有する場合、例えば、感光性組成物層上に屈折率調整層形成用組成物を塗布し、そして、必要に応じて乾燥させることにより屈折率調整層を形成できる。 When the transfer film has a refractive index adjusting layer on the photosensitive composition layer, for example, the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is applied on the photosensitive composition layer and dried as necessary to refract. A rate adjustment layer can be formed.
 また、保護フィルムを感光性組成物層に貼り合わせることにより、転写フィルムを製造できる。
 保護フィルムを感光性組成物層に貼り合わせる方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 保護フィルムを感光性組成物層に貼り合わせる装置としては、真空ラミネーター及びオートカットラミネーター等の公知のラミネーターが挙げられる。
 ラミネーターは、ゴムローラー等の任意の加熱可能なローラーを備え、加圧及び加熱ができるものであることが好ましい。
Further, the transfer film can be manufactured by adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer.
The method of adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be mentioned.
Examples of the device for adhering the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer include known laminators such as a vacuum laminator and an auto-cut laminator.
It is preferable that the laminator is provided with an arbitrary heatable roller such as a rubber roller and can be pressurized and heated.
〔積層体の製造方法〕
 上述した転写フィルムを用いることにより、被転写体へ感光性組成物層を転写することができる。
 なかでも、転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電部を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせ、導電部、感光性組成物層、及び、仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
 感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
 露光された感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、を有し、
 更に、貼合工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と現像工程との間に、感光性組成物層付き基板から仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、積層体の製造方法が好ましい。
 以下、上記工程の手順について詳述する。
[Manufacturing method of laminated body]
By using the above-mentioned transfer film, the photosensitive composition layer can be transferred to the transferred object.
Above all, the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, and the surface opposite to the temporary support is brought into contact with the substrate having the conductive portion and bonded to the conductive portion, the photosensitive composition layer, and the temporary support. In the bonding step of obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having the above in this order,
An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer, and
It comprises a developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
Further, a method for producing a laminated body, comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. Is preferable.
Hereinafter, the procedure of the above process will be described in detail.
<貼合工程>
 貼合工程は、転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、転写フィルムの仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電部を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせ、導電層、感光性組成物層、及び、仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る工程である。
<Lasting process>
In the bonding step, the protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, and the surface of the transfer film on the opposite side of the temporary support is brought into contact with a substrate having a conductive portion and bonded to the conductive layer, the photosensitive composition layer, and the like. Further, it is a step of obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a temporary support in this order.
 転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離する方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の方法を用いることができる。
 転写フィルムの仮支持体とは反対側の表面とは、転写フィルムが屈折率調整層を有する場合は屈折率調整層であることが好ましく、転写フィルムが屈折率調整層を有さない場合は感光性組成物層であることが好ましい。つまり、貼合工程は、転写フィルムの屈折率調整層を、被転写体に接触させて貼り合わせるか、又は、転写フィルムの感光性組成物層を、被転写体に接触させて貼り合わせることが好ましい。
 転写フィルムの仮支持体上の露出した感光性組成物層を、導電層に接触させて貼り合わせる。この貼合によって、導電層上に、感光性組成物層及び仮支持体が配置される。
 上記貼合においては、上記導電層と上記感光性組成物層の表面と、が接触するように圧着させる。
上記圧着の方法としては特に制限はなく、公知の転写方法及びラミネート方法を用いることができる。なかでも、感光性組成物層の表面を、導電部を有する基板に重ね、ロール等による加圧及び加熱することに行われることが好ましい。
 貼り合せには、真空ラミネーター及びオートカットラミネーター等の公知のラミネーターを使用できる。
The method for peeling the protective film from the transfer film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
The surface opposite to the temporary support of the transfer film is preferably a refractive index adjusting layer when the transfer film has a refractive index adjusting layer, and is photosensitive when the transfer film does not have the refractive index adjusting layer. It is preferably a sex composition layer. That is, in the bonding step, the refractive index adjusting layer of the transfer film may be brought into contact with the transferred body to be bonded, or the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film may be brought into contact with the transferred body to be bonded. preferable.
The exposed photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support of the transfer film is brought into contact with the conductive layer and bonded. By this bonding, the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support are arranged on the conductive layer.
In the above bonding, the conductive layer and the surface of the photosensitive composition layer are pressure-bonded so as to be in contact with each other.
The crimping method is not particularly limited, and known transfer methods and laminating methods can be used. Above all, it is preferable to superimpose the surface of the photosensitive composition layer on a substrate having a conductive portion, pressurize and heat it with a roll or the like.
A known laminator such as a vacuum laminator and an auto-cut laminator can be used for bonding.
 導電層を有する基板は、基板上に導電層を有し、必要により任意の層が形成されてもよい。つまり、導電層を有する基板は、基板と、基板上に配置される導電層とを少なくとも有する導電性基板である。 The substrate having a conductive layer has a conductive layer on the substrate, and any layer may be formed if necessary. That is, the substrate having the conductive layer is a conductive substrate having at least a substrate and a conductive layer arranged on the substrate.
 基板としては、例えば、樹脂基板、ガラス基板、及び、半導体基板が挙げられる。
 基板の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落[0140]に記載があり、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the substrate include a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate.
Preferred embodiments of the substrate are described, for example, in paragraph [0140] of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 導電層としては、導電性及び細線形成性の点から、金属層、導電性金属酸化物層、グラフェン層、カーボンナノチューブ層、及び、導電ポリマー層からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の層であるのが好ましい。
 また、基板上には導電層を1層のみ配置してもよいし、2層以上配置してもよい。導電層を2層以上配置する場合は、異なる材質の導電層を有することが好ましい。
 導電層の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落[0141]に記載があり、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The conductive layer is at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property. It is preferable to have it.
Further, only one conductive layer may be arranged on the substrate, or two or more layers may be arranged. When two or more conductive layers are arranged, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials.
Preferred embodiments of the conductive layer are described, for example, in paragraph [0141] of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 導電層を有する基板としては、透明電極及び引き回り配線の少なくとも一方を有する基板が好ましい。上記のような基板は、タッチパネル用基板として好適に使用できる。
 透明電極は、タッチパネル用電極として好適に機能し得る。透明電極は、ITO(酸化インジウムスズ)、及び、IZO(酸化インジウム亜鉛)等の金属酸化膜、並びに、金属メッシュ、及び、銀ナノワイヤー等の金属細線により構成されることが好ましい。
 金属細線としては、銀、銅等の細線が挙げられる。なかでも、銀メッシュ、銀ナノワイヤー等の銀導電性材料が好ましい。
As the substrate having a conductive layer, a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable. The above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
The transparent electrode may function suitably as a touch panel electrode. The transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as silver nanowire.
Examples of the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
 引き回し配線の材質としては、金属が好ましい。
 引き回し配線の材質である金属としては、金、銀、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、亜鉛、及び、マンガン、並びに、これらの金属元素の2種以上からなる合金が挙げられる。なかでも、引き回し配線の材質としては、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、又は、チタンが好ましく、銅がより好ましい。
Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
Examples of the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. Among them, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is more preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
 本発明の転写フィルム中の感光性組成物層を用いて形成されたタッチパネル用電極保護膜は、電極等(すなわち、タッチパネル用電極及びタッチパネル用配線の少なくとも一方)を保護する目的で、電極等を直接又は他の層を介して覆うように設けられることが好ましい。 The electrode protective film for a touch panel formed by using the photosensitive composition layer in the transfer film of the present invention has an electrode or the like for the purpose of protecting the electrode or the like (that is, at least one of the electrode for the touch panel and the wiring for the touch panel). It is preferably provided so as to cover it directly or via another layer.
<露光工程>
 露光工程は、感光性組成物層をパターン露光する工程である。
 なお、ここで、「パターン露光」とは、パターン状に露光する形態、すなわち、露光部と非露光部とが存在する形態の露光を指す。
 パターン露光におけるパターンの詳細な配置及び具体的サイズは、特に制限されない。なお、後述する現像工程によって形成されるパターンは、幅が500μm以下である細線を含むことが好ましく、幅が100μm以下の細線を含むことがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The exposure step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer.
Here, the "pattern exposure" refers to an exposure in a form of exposure in a pattern, that is, a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion are present.
The detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. The pattern formed by the development step described later preferably includes thin lines having a width of 500 μm or less, and more preferably contains thin lines having a width of 100 μm or less.
 パターン露光の光源としては、少なくとも感光性組成物層を硬化し得る波長域の光(例えば、波長365nm又は405nm)を照射できるものであれば適宜選定して用いることができる。なかでも、パターン露光の露光光の主波長は、波長365nmが好ましい。なお、主波長とは、最も強度が高い波長である。 As the light source for pattern exposure, any light source in a wavelength range capable of curing the photosensitive composition layer (for example, a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm) can be appropriately selected and used. Of these, the main wavelength of the exposure light for pattern exposure is preferably a wavelength of 365 nm. The main wavelength is the wavelength having the highest intensity.
 光源としては、例えば、各種レーザー、発光ダイオード(LED)、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、及びメタルハライドランプが挙げられる。
 露光量は、5~200mJ/cmが好ましく、10~200mJ/cmがより好ましい。
Examples of the light source include various lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps.
The exposure amount is preferably 5 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 mJ / cm 2 .
 露光に使用する光源、露光量及び露光方法の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落[0146]~[0147]に記載があり、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferred embodiments of the light source, exposure amount and exposure method used for exposure are described in, for example, paragraphs [0146] to [0147] of International Publication No. 2018/155193, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. ..
<剥離工程>
 剥離工程は、貼合工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と後述する現像工程との間に、感光性組成物層付き基板から仮支持体を剥離する工程である。
 剥離方法は特に制限されず、特開2010-072589号公報の段落[0161]~[0162]に記載されたカバーフィルム剥離機構と同様の機構を用いることができる。
<Peeling process>
The peeling step is a step of peeling the temporary support from the substrate with the photosensitive composition layer between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the development step described later.
The peeling method is not particularly limited, and a mechanism similar to the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs [0161] to [0162] of JP2010-072589 can be used.
<現像工程>
 現像工程は、露光された感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する工程である。
 上記感光性組成物層の現像は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。
 現像液として、アルカリ性水溶液が好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液に含まれ得るアルカリ性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、及び、コリン(2-ヒドロキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)が挙げられる。
<Development process>
The developing step is a step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
The development of the photosensitive composition layer can be performed using a developing solution.
An alkaline aqueous solution is preferable as the developing solution. Examples of the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and tetrapropylammonium hydroxide. Do, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) can be mentioned.
 現像の方式としては、例えば、パドル現像、シャワー現像、スピン現像、及び、ディップ現像等の方式が挙げられる。 Examples of the development method include paddle development, shower development, spin development, and dip development.
 本明細書において、好適に用いられる現像液としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落[0194]に記載の現像液が挙げられる
 好適に用いられる現像方式としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落[0195]に記載の現像方式が挙げられる。
In the present specification, the developer preferably used includes, for example, the developer described in paragraph [0194] of International Publication No. 2015/093271, and examples of the developing method preferably used include International Publication No. 1. The development method described in paragraph [0195] of 2015/093271 can be mentioned.
<ポスト露光工程及びポストベーク工程>
 上記積層体の製造方法は、上記現像工程によって得られたパターンを、露光する工程(ポスト露光工程)及び/又は加熱する工程(ポストベーク工程)を有していてもよい。
 ポスト露光工程及びポストベーク工程の両方を含む場合、ポスト露光の後、ポストベークを実施することが好ましい。
<Post-exposure process and post-baking process>
The method for producing the laminate may include a step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development step (post-exposure step) and / or a step of heating (post-baking step).
When both the post-exposure step and the post-baking step are included, it is preferable to carry out post-baking after post-exposure.
〔回路配線の製造方法〕
 転写フィルムは、回路配線の製造方法に用いることもできる。
 回路配線の製造方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の製造方法が挙げられる。
 なかでも、回路配線の製造方法としては、
 転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、仮支持体上の感光性組成物層を、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせ、導電層、感光性組成物層、及び、仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
 感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
 露光された感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、
 パターンが配置されていない領域における導電層をエッチング処理するエッチング工程と、
 更に、貼合工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と現像工程との間に、感光性組成物層付き基板から仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、積層体の製造方法が好ましい。
[Manufacturing method of circuit wiring]
The transfer film can also be used in a method for manufacturing circuit wiring.
The method for manufacturing the circuit wiring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known manufacturing methods.
Above all, as a method of manufacturing circuit wiring,
The protective film is peeled off from the transfer film, the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is attached to the substrate having the conductive layer, and the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive composition layer, and the photosensitive composition have the temporary support in this order. The bonding process to obtain a substrate with a sex composition layer,
An exposure process for pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer, and
A developing step of developing an exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern,
An etching process that etches the conductive layer in the area where the pattern is not arranged,
Further, a method for producing a laminated body, comprising a peeling step of peeling a temporary support from a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer between a bonding step and an exposure step, or between an exposure step and a developing step. Is preferable.
 回路配線の製造方法において、貼合工程、露光工程、現像工程、及び、剥離工程は、上述した<積層体の製造方法>の各工程と同義であり、好適範囲も同じである。 In the circuit wiring manufacturing method, the bonding step, the exposure step, the developing step, and the peeling step are synonymous with each step of the above-mentioned <manufacturing method of laminated body>, and the preferable range is also the same.
<エッチング工程>
 エッチング工程は、現像工程で得られたパターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理する工程(エッチング工程)である。
 つまり、エッチング工程は、感光性組成物層から形成されたパターンを、エッチングレジストとして使用し、導電層のエッチング処理を行うことである。
<Etching process>
The etching step is a step (etching step) of etching the conductive layer in the region where the pattern obtained in the developing step is not arranged.
That is, the etching step is to use the pattern formed from the photosensitive composition layer as an etching resist and perform the etching treatment of the conductive layer.
 エッチング工程としては、公知の方法を適用でき、例えば、特開2017-120435号公報の段落[0209]~[0210]に記載の方法、特開2010-152155号公報の段落[0048]~[0054]に記載の方法、エッチング液に浸漬するウェットエッチング方法、及び、プラズマエッチングによるドライエッチング方法が挙げられる。 As the etching step, a known method can be applied. For example, the method described in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of JP-A-2017-120435, paragraphs [0048] to [0054] of JP-A-2010-152155. ], A wet etching method of immersing in an etching solution, and a dry etching method by plasma etching can be mentioned.
 ウェットエッチングに用いられるエッチング液は、エッチングの対象に合わせて酸性又はアルカリ性のエッチング液を適宜選択すればよい。
 酸性のエッチング液としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、酢酸、フッ酸、シュウ酸、及び、リン酸から選択される酸性成分単独の水溶液、並びに、酸性成分と、塩化第2鉄、フッ化アンモニウム及び過マンガン酸カリウムから選択される塩との混合水溶液が挙げられる。酸性成分は、複数の酸性成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。
 アルカリ性のエッチング液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アンモニア、有機アミン、及び、有機アミンの塩(テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド等)から選択されるアルカリ成分単独の水溶液、並びに、アルカリ成分と塩(過マンガン酸カリウム等)との混合水溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ成分は、複数のアルカリ成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。
As the etching solution used for wet etching, an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, as well as an acidic component, ferric chloride, and fluoride. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from ammonium and potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
Examples of the alkaline etching solution include an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component. And a mixed aqueous solution of salt (potassium permanganate, etc.) can be mentioned. The alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
<除去工程>
 回路配線の製造方法は、残存するパターンを除去する工程(除去工程)を含んでいてもよい。
 除去工程は、特に制限され、各工程前又は工程後に行ってもよく、エッチング工程の後に行うことが好ましい。
 残存するパターンを除去する方法としては、特に制限されないが、薬品処理により除去する方法が挙げられ、除去液を用いて除去する方法が好ましい。
 除去液を用いて除去する方法としては、撹拌中の除去液に、残存するパターンを有する被転写体を、1~30分間浸漬する方法が挙げられる。
 除去液の液温としては、30~80℃が好ましく、50~80℃がより好ましい。
<Removal process>
The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring may include a step (removal step) of removing the remaining pattern.
The removal step is particularly limited and may be performed before or after each step, preferably after the etching step.
The method for removing the remaining pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable.
Examples of the method of removing using the removing liquid include a method of immersing the transferred body having the remaining pattern in the removing liquid being stirred for 1 to 30 minutes.
The liquid temperature of the removing liquid is preferably 30 to 80 ° C, more preferably 50 to 80 ° C.
 除去液としては、例えば、無機アルカリ成分又は有機アルカリ成分を、水、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン又はこれらの混合溶液に溶解させた除去液が挙げられる。無機アルカリ成分としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム及び水酸化カリウムが挙げられる。有機アルカリ成分としては、第1級アミン化合物、第2級アミン化合物、第3級アミン化合物及び第4級アンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。
 また、除去液を使用し、スプレー法、シャワー法及びパドル法等の公知の方法により除去してもよい。
Examples of the removing liquid include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof. Examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
Further, the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
〔その他の工程〕
 積層体の製造方法、及び、回路配線の製造方法は、上述した工程以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。
 その他の工程としては、例えば、国際公開第2019/022089号の段落[0172]に記載の可視光線反射率を低下させる工程、国際公開第2019/022089号の段落[0172]に記載の絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程が挙げられる。が、これらの工程に制限されない。
[Other processes]
The method for manufacturing the laminate and the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include any step (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps.
Other steps include, for example, a step of reducing the visible light reflectance described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089, and a step on the insulating film described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089. A step of forming a new conductive layer can be mentioned. However, it is not limited to these steps.
<可視光線反射率を低下させる工程>
 積層体の製造方法、及び、回路配線の製造方法は、被転写体が有する複数の導電層の一部又は全ての可視光線反射率を低下させる処理を行う工程を含んでいてもよい。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理としては、例えば、酸化処理が挙げられる。被転写体が銅を含む導電層を有する場合、銅を酸化処理して酸化銅とし、導電層を黒化することにより、導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させることができる。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理については、特開2014-150118号公報の段落[0017]~[0025]、並びに、特開2013-206315号公報の段落[0041]~[0042]、段落[0048]、及び、段落[0058]に記載を援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Step to reduce visible light reflectance>
The method for manufacturing the laminate and the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers included in the transferred body.
Examples of the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment. When the transferred body has a conductive layer containing copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by oxidizing copper to copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
Regarding the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance, paragraphs [0017] to [0025] of JP-A-2014-150118, and paragraphs [0041] to [0042] and paragraphs [0048] of JP-A-2013-206315. ], And paragraph [0058] can be incorporated, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
<絶縁膜を形成する工程、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程>
 回路配線の製造方法は、回路配線の表面に絶縁膜を形成する工程と、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程と、を含むことも好ましい。
 上記の工程により、第1の電極パターンと、絶縁した第2の電極パターンとを形成することができる。
 絶縁膜を形成する工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の永久膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。また、絶縁性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの絶縁膜を形成してもよい。
 絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程は、特に制限されず、例えば、導電性を有する感光性組成物を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの新たな導電層を形成してもよい。
<Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film>
The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
By the above steps, the first electrode pattern and the insulated second electrode pattern can be formed.
The step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film. Further, an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
The step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive composition having conductivity. ..
 回路配線の製造方法は、基板の両方の表面側にそれぞれ複数の導電層を有する基板を用い、基板の両方の表面側に配置された導電層に対して逐次又は同時に回路形成することも好ましい。このような構成により、基板の一方の表面に第1の導電パターン、もう一方の基板の表面に第2の導電パターンを形成したタッチパネル用回路配線を形成できる。また、このような構成のタッチパネル用回路配線を、ロールツーロールで基板の両面から形成することも好ましい。 As a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, it is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surface sides of the substrate, and to form a circuit sequentially or simultaneously with respect to the conductive layers arranged on both surface sides of the substrate. With such a configuration, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the surface of the other substrate. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
〔用途〕
 積層体の製造方法、及び、回路配線の製造方法により製造される積層体及び回路配線は、種々の装置に適用することができる。上記の製造方法により製造される積層体又は回路配線を備えた装置としては、例えば、表示装置、プリント配線板、半導体パッケージ、入力装置が挙げられ、タッチパネルが好ましく、静電容量型タッチパネルがより好ましい。また、上記入力装置は、有機EL表示装置及び液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用できる。
[Use]
The laminated body and the circuit wiring manufactured by the manufacturing method of the laminated body and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring can be applied to various devices. Examples of the device provided with the laminate or circuit wiring manufactured by the above manufacturing method include a display device, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor package, and an input device, and a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. .. Further, the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕
 転写フィルムは、電子デバイスの製造方法にも用いてもよい。
 上記電子デバイスの製造方法としては、上述の転写フィルムを用いる電子デバイスの製造方法が好ましい。
 なかでも、電子デバイスの製造方法は、上述した積層体の製造方法を含むことが好ましい。
 上記電子デバイスとしては、例えば、入力装置等が挙げられ、タッチパネルであることが好ましい。また、上記入力装置は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置、及び、液晶表示装置の表示装置に適用することができる。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The transfer film may also be used in a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
As the method for manufacturing the electronic device, the method for manufacturing the electronic device using the transfer film described above is preferable.
Above all, it is preferable that the method for manufacturing an electronic device includes the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a laminate.
Examples of the electronic device include an input device and the like, and a touch panel is preferable. Further, the input device can be applied to an organic electroluminescence display device and a display device of a liquid crystal display device.
 タッチパネルの製造方法としては、例えば、被転写体(例えば、基板、導電層(基板が有する導電層))、及び、上記の転写フィルムを用いて製造されたパターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理することにより、タッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含む方法も好ましく、上記貼合工程と、上記露光工程と、上記現像工程とを含む製造方法により製造されるパターンを使用する方法がより好ましい。 As a method for manufacturing a touch panel, for example, a transferred body (for example, a substrate, a conductive layer (a conductive layer possessed by the substrate)), and a laminated body in which patterns manufactured using the above transfer film are laminated in this order. In the above method, a method including a step of forming wiring for a touch panel by etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged is also preferable, and the bonding step, the exposure step, and the developing step are performed. A method using a pattern manufactured by a manufacturing method including is more preferable.
 タッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含むタッチパネルの製造方法における、各工程の具体的な態様、及び、各工程を行う順序等の実施態様については、上述した<回路配線の製造方法>において説明した通りであり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、タッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含むタッチパネルの製造方法は、上述した以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。
 タッチパネル用配線を形成する方法としては、例えば、国際公開第2016/190405号公報の図1に記載の方法も挙げられる。
In the touch panel manufacturing method including the step of forming the touch panel wiring, the specific embodiment of each step and the embodiment such as the order in which each step is performed are as described in the above-mentioned <Circuit wiring manufacturing method>. The same applies to the preferred embodiment.
Further, the touch panel manufacturing method including the step of forming the touch panel wiring may include any step (other steps) other than those described above.
As a method for forming the wiring for the touch panel, for example, the method described in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405 can be mentioned.
 上記のタッチパネルの製造方法により、タッチパネル用配線を少なくとも有するタッチパネルが製造される。タッチパネルは、透明基板と、電極と、絶縁層又は保護層とを有することが好ましい。
 タッチパネルにおける検出方法としては、例えば、抵抗膜方式、静電容量方式、超音波方式、電磁誘導方式、及び、光学方式等の公知の方式が挙げられ、静電容量方式が好ましい。
By the above-mentioned touch panel manufacturing method, a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured. The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method, and the capacitance method is preferable.
 タッチパネルとしては、例えば、インセル型(例えば、特表2012-517051号公報の図5~8に記載のもの)、オンセル型(例えば、特開2013-168125号公報の図19に記載のもの、並びに、特開2012-089102号公報の図1及び図5に記載のもの)、OGS(One Glass Solution)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens)型(例えば、特開2013-054727号公報の図2に記載のもの)、各種アウトセル型(例えば、GG、G1・G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及びG1F等)、並びに、その他の構成(例えば、特開2013-164871号公報の図6に記載のもの)が挙げられる。
 タッチパネルとしては、例えば、特開2017-120345号公報の段落[0229]に記載のものが挙げられる。
The touch panel includes, for example, an in-cell type (for example, the one shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 of JP-A-2012-51751), an on-cell type (for example, the one described in FIG. 19 of JP-A-2013-168125), and the touch panel. , Of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-089102), OGS (One Glass Solution) type, TOR (Touch-on-Lens) type (for example, FIG. 2 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-054727). (For example, those described in FIG. 6), various out-cell types (for example, GG, G1 and G2, GFF, GF2, GF1 and G1F, etc.), and other configurations (for example, those described in FIG. 6 of JP2013-164871). ).
Examples of the touch panel include those described in paragraph [0229] of JP-A-2017-120345.
 転写フィルムを用いる電子デバイスの製造方法においては、(特に、転写フィルムがネガ型感光性組成物層を含む場合において)製造される電子デバイスが樹脂パターンを硬化膜として含むことも好ましい。
 このような樹脂パターンの硬化膜は、電子デバイス(タッチパネル等)が有する電極等の一部又は全部を被覆する保護膜(永久膜)として使用できる。電極等の上に上記樹脂パターンの硬化膜を保護膜(永久膜)として配置することで、金属の腐食、電極と駆動用回路間の電気抵抗の増加、及び、断線といった不具合の防止が可能である。
In the method for manufacturing an electronic device using a transfer film, it is also preferable that the manufactured electronic device (particularly when the transfer film contains a negative photosensitive composition layer) contains a resin pattern as a cured film.
The cured film of such a resin pattern can be used as a protective film (permanent film) that covers a part or all of electrodes and the like of an electronic device (touch panel and the like). By arranging the cured film of the above resin pattern as a protective film (permanent film) on the electrodes, it is possible to prevent problems such as metal corrosion, increased electrical resistance between the electrodes and the drive circuit, and disconnection. be.
 以下に、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本明細書の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜及び変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は、以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」及び「%」は質量基準である。
 以下の実施例において、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)によるポリスチレン換算で求めた重量平均分子量である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. The materials, amounts, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples may be appropriately and changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present specification. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
In the following examples, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is the weight average molecular weight determined in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
〔仮支持体Z-1〕
 下記の手順に従って、実施例1の仮支持体Z-1を作製した。
[Temporary support Z-1]
The temporary support Z-1 of Example 1 was prepared according to the following procedure.
 重合触媒として特許第5575671号公報に記載のチタン化合物(クエン酸キレートチタン錯体、VERTEC AC-420、ジョンソン・マッセイ社製)を用いて製造したポリエチレンテレフタレートのペレットAを得た。 Pellets A of polyethylene terephthalate produced by using the titanium compound (citrate chelated titanium complex, VERTEC AC-420, manufactured by Johnson Matthey) described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst were obtained.
 上記ペレットAを90質量部と、平均粒子径500nmのポリスチレン樹脂粒子をジビニルベンゼンで架橋した有機粒子(下記により製造した架橋ポリスチレン樹脂粒子)の10質量%水スラリー10質量部と、を2軸混錬押出機に供給し、ベント孔を1kPa以下の減圧度に保持し水分を除去することにより、架橋ポリスチレン樹脂粒子(有機粒子)を1質量%含むマスターバッチAを得た。 A biaxial mixture of 90 parts by mass of the pellet A and 10 parts by mass of a 10 mass% water slurry of organic particles (crosslinked polystyrene resin particles produced as described below) obtained by cross-linking polystyrene resin particles having an average particle diameter of 500 nm with divinylbenzene. A master batch A containing 1% by mass of crosslinked polystyrene resin particles (organic particles) was obtained by supplying the particles to a smelting extruder and keeping the vent holes at a reduced pressure of 1 kPa or less to remove water.
[架橋ポリスチレン樹脂粒子の製造]
 脱塩水(1500質量部)に、過硫酸カリウム(3.2質量部)と、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム(0.15質量部)を添加し均一に溶解させた後、スチレン(92質量部)とジビニルベンゼン(8質量部)との混合溶液を加えた。窒素ガス雰囲気下で攪拌しながら70℃で24時間重合反応を行い、架橋ポリスチレン樹脂粒子を得た。
[Manufacturing of crosslinked polystyrene resin particles]
To demineralized water (1500 parts by mass), potassium persulfate (3.2 parts by mass) and sodium lauryl sulfate (0.15 parts by mass) were added and uniformly dissolved, and then styrene (92 parts by mass) and divinylbenzene were dissolved. A mixed solution with (8 parts by mass) was added. The polymerization reaction was carried out at 70 ° C. for 24 hours while stirring in a nitrogen gas atmosphere to obtain crosslinked polystyrene resin particles.
 ペレットA(90質量部)と、平均粒子径30nmのアルミナ粒子の10質量%水スラリー(アルミナゾル、日産化学社製)(10質量部)と、を2軸混錬押出機に供給し、ベント孔を1kPa以下の減圧度に保持し水分を除去することにより、アルミナ粒子を1質量%含むマスターバッチBを得た。 Pellet A (90 parts by mass) and 10% by mass water slurry (alumina sol, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (10 parts by mass) of alumina particles having an average particle diameter of 30 nm were supplied to a twin-screw kneading extruder to vent holes. Was kept at a reduced pressure of 1 kPa or less and water was removed to obtain a master batch B containing 1% by mass of alumina particles.
 また、ペレットA(70質量部)と、マスターバッチA(10質量部)と、マスターバッチB(20質量部)とを混合して混合物Xを得た。
 ペレットA及び混合物Xを含水率50ppm以下に乾燥させた後、中間層がペレットAとなるように押し出し機に投入し、290℃で溶融させ、層用合流ブロックで合流積層し、X層(混合物Xからなる層)/A層(ペレットAからなる層)/X層(混合物Xからなる層)の順に3層構造を有する未延伸の仮支持体を作製した。なお、押し出された溶融体(メルト)は、静電印加法を用い、冷却ロールに一方のX層側を密着させた。
 得られた未延伸の仮支持体に対して、下記の方法により逐次2軸延伸を施した。
 まず、未延伸の仮支持体を周速の異なる2対のニップロールの間に通すことにより縦方向(搬送方向)に延伸した。なお、縦延伸は、予熱温度75℃、延伸温度95℃、延伸倍率3.4倍、及び延伸速度1300%/秒として実施した。
 次に、得られた縦方向に延伸された仮支持体に対して、テンターを用いて横方向に延伸した。なお、縦延伸は、予熱温度100℃、延伸温度120℃、延伸倍率4.2倍、及び延伸速度50%/秒として実施し、仮支持体Z-1を得た。なお、仮支持体Z-1の各層の厚みは、X層/A層/X層=1μm/14μm/1μmであった。
 表2~3に従って、各成分を変更した以外は、上述した仮支持体Z-1と同様の手順で、各実施例及び各比較例の仮支持体を作製した。
Further, pellet A (70 parts by mass), masterbatch A (10 parts by mass) and masterbatch B (20 parts by mass) were mixed to obtain a mixture X.
After the pellet A and the mixture X are dried to a water content of 50 ppm or less, they are put into an extruder so that the intermediate layer becomes pellet A, melted at 290 ° C., merged and laminated with a layer merging block, and the X layer (mixture) is formed. An unstretched temporary support having a three-layer structure in the order of X layer) / A layer (layer composed of pellet A) / X layer (layer composed of mixture X) was prepared. For the extruded melt, one X layer side was brought into close contact with the cooling roll by using an electrostatic application method.
The obtained unstretched temporary support was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method.
First, the unstretched temporary support was stretched in the vertical direction (transport direction) by passing it between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds. The longitudinal stretching was carried out at a preheating temperature of 75 ° C., a stretching temperature of 95 ° C., a stretching ratio of 3.4 times, and a stretching speed of 1300% / sec.
Next, the obtained temporary support stretched in the vertical direction was stretched in the horizontal direction using a tenter. The longitudinal stretching was carried out at a preheating temperature of 100 ° C., a stretching temperature of 120 ° C., a stretching ratio of 4.2 times, and a stretching speed of 50% / sec to obtain a temporary support Z-1. The thickness of each layer of the temporary support Z-1 was X layer / A layer / X layer = 1 μm / 14 μm / 1 μm.
Temporary supports of each Example and each Comparative Example were prepared by the same procedure as the above-mentioned provisional support Z-1 except that each component was changed according to Tables 2 to 3.
〔転写フィルム〕
 下記の手順に従って、実施例1の転写フィルムを作製した。
 まず、各転写フィルムに含まれる成分について、詳述する。
[Transfer film]
The transfer film of Example 1 was prepared according to the following procedure.
First, the components contained in each transfer film will be described in detail.
<バインダーポリマーA>
 PGMEA(55.8質量部)とトルエン(55.8質量部)とを混合し、第1液を調製した。また、メタクリル酸(12質量部)、メタクリル酸メチル(58質量部)、及びアクリル酸エチル(30質量部)の混合液と、AIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)(1.0質量部)と、PGMEA(6.2質量部)と、トルエン(6.2質量部)とを混合し、室温にて1時間撹拌して第2液を調製した。
 フラスコに上記第1液を入れ、窒素雰囲気下において80℃に昇温した。次に、得られた混合液を、攪拌下、液温を80℃に維持しながら、滴下ポンプを用いて、上記第2液を更にフラスコに4時間かけて添加した。添加終了後、攪拌下、得られた混合液の液温を80℃に維持して更に6時間反応させ、バインダーポリマーAを含む溶液を得た。得られたバインダーポリマーAの重量平均分子量は65,000であった。各モノマー由来の組成比(質量比)は、メタクリル酸/メタクリル酸メチル/アクリル酸エチル=12/58/30であった。
<Binder polymer A>
PGMEA (55.8 parts by mass) and toluene (55.8 parts by mass) were mixed to prepare a first liquid. Further, a mixed solution of methacrylic acid (12 parts by mass), methyl methacrylate (58 parts by mass), and ethyl acrylate (30 parts by mass) and AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) (1.0 part by mass). , PGMEA (6.2 parts by mass) and toluene (6.2 parts by mass) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to prepare a second liquid.
The first liquid was placed in a flask and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, the obtained mixed liquid was further added to the flask over 4 hours using a dropping pump while maintaining the liquid temperature at 80 ° C. under stirring. After completion of the addition, the mixture was kept at a temperature of 80 ° C. and reacted for another 6 hours under stirring to obtain a solution containing the binder polymer A. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained binder polymer A was 65,000. The composition ratio (mass ratio) derived from each monomer was methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / ethyl acrylate = 12/58/30.
<バインダーポリマーB>
 3つ口フラスコにPGMEA(116.5質量部)を入れ、窒素雰囲気下において90℃に昇温した。3つ口フラスコ内の液温を90℃±2℃に維持しながら、スチレン(52.0質量部)、メタクリル酸メチル(24.0質量部)、メタクリル酸(24.0質量部)、V-601(2,2’-アゾビス(イソ酪酸)ジメチル、富士フイルム社製(4.0質量部)及びPGMEA(116.5質量部)の混合液を、2時間かけて3つ口フラスコ内に滴下した。滴下終了後、液温を90℃±2℃に維持しながら混合液を2時間撹拌することで、バインダーポリマーBを含む溶液(固形分濃度は30.0質量%)を得た。なお、バインダーポリマーBの酸価は159mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量は60,000、ガラス転移温度は126℃であった。各モノマー由来の組成比(質量比)は、スチレン/メタクリル酸/メタクリル酸メチル=52/24/24であった。
<Binder polymer B>
PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was placed in a three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Styrene (52.0 parts by mass), methyl methacrylate (24.0 parts by mass), methacrylic acid (24.0 parts by mass), V while maintaining the liquid temperature in the three-necked flask at 90 ° C ± 2 ° C. A mixed solution of -601 (2,2'-azobis (isobutyric acid) dimethyl, manufactured by Fujifilm (4.0 parts by mass) and PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was placed in a three-necked flask over 2 hours. After the dropping was completed, the mixed solution was stirred for 2 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature at 90 ° C. ± 2 ° C. to obtain a solution containing the binder polymer B (solid content concentration: 30.0% by mass). The acid value of the binder polymer B was 159 mgKOH / g, the weight average molecular weight was 60,000, and the glass transition temperature was 126 ° C. The composition ratio (mass ratio) derived from each monomer was styrene / methacrylic acid / methacrylic acid. Methyl = 52/24/24.
<バインダーポリマーC>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(82.4g)をフラスコに仕込み、窒素気流下90℃に加熱した。この液にスチレン(38.4g)、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート(30.1g)、メタクリル酸(34.0g)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(20g)に溶解させた溶液、及び、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬社製)(5.4g)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(43.6g)に溶解させた溶液を同時に3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間おきに3回V-601を(0.75g)添加した。その後更に3時間反応させた。その後プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(58.4g)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(11.7g)で希釈した。空気気流下、反応液を100℃に昇温し、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド(0.53g)、p-メトキシフェノール(0.26g)を添加した。これにグリシジルメタクリレート(日油社製ブレンマーGH)(25.5g)を20分かけて滴下した。これを100℃で7時間反応させ、重合体P-1の溶液を得た。得られた溶液の固形分濃度は36.5質量%であった。GPCにおける標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は17000、分散度は2.4、ポリマーの酸価は94.5mgKOH/gであった。ガスクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定した残存モノマー量はいずれのモノマーにおいてもポリマー固形分に対し0.1質量%未満であった。
 バインダーポリマーC(式中の繰り返し単位はモル比)の構造を以下に示す。
<Binder polymer C>
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (82.4 g) was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which styrene (38.4 g), dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (30.1 g), and methacrylic acid (34.0 g) are dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether (20 g) in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601. A solution prepared by dissolving (5.4 g) of (Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (43.6 g) was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, V-601 (0.75 g) was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (58.4 g) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (11.7 g). The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and tetraethylammonium bromide (0.53 g) and p-methoxyphenol (0.26 g) were added. Glycidyl methacrylate (NOF Corporation Blemmer GH) (25.5 g) was added dropwise to this over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C. for 7 hours to obtain a solution of the polymer P-1. The solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.5% by mass. The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.4, and the acid value of the polymer was 94.5 mgKOH / g. The amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
The structure of the binder polymer C (the repeating unit in the formula is a molar ratio) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
<感光性組成物>
 感光性組成物Y-1~Y-5を調整した。
<Photosensitive composition>
The photosensitive compositions Y-1 to Y-5 were prepared.
(感光性組成物Y-1)
・トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(重合性化合物、A-DCP、新中村化学工業社製):19.31質量部
・カルボン酸含有モノマー(重合性化合物、アロニックスTO2349、東亞合成社製):3.21質量部
・ウレタン-アクリルモノマー(重合性化合物、アクリット8UX-015A、大成ファインケミカル社製):9.65質量部
・下記バインダーポリマーP-1(酸価95mgKOH/g、Mw=27,000、固形分濃度36.3質量%):固形分換算で53.64質量部
(Photosensitive composition Y-1)
-Tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (polymerizable compound, A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 19.31 parts by mass-Carboxy acid-containing monomer (polymerizable compound, Aronix TO2349, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 3 .21 parts by mass ・ Urethane-acrylic monomer (polymerizable compound, Acryt 8UX-015A, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 9.65 parts by mass ・ The following binder polymer P-1 (acid value 95 mgKOH / g, Mw = 27,000, Solid content concentration 36.3% by mass): 53.64 parts by mass in terms of solid content
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
・デュラネート WT32-B75P(熱架橋性化合物、旭化成ケミカルズ社製):12.50質量部
・Irgacure OXE-02(光重合開始剤、BASF社製):0.37質量部
・Omnirad 907(光重合開始剤、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.74質量部
・N-フェニルグリシン(水素供与性化合物、純正化学社製):0.10質量部
・ベンゾイミダゾール(複素環化合物、東京化成工業社製):0.30質量部
・メガファック F551(界面活性剤、DIC社製):0.16質量部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロピルアセテート(PGMEA)とメチルエチルケトン(MEK)との混合溶剤(PGMEA:MEK=4:6):感光性組成物Y-1の固形分濃度が29%になる量
-Duranate WT32-B75P (thermocrosslinkable compound, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 12.50 parts by mass-Irgacure OXE-02 (photopolymerization initiator, manufactured by BASF): 0.37 parts by mass-Omnirad 907 (started photopolymerization) Agent, IGM Resins B.V.): 0.74 parts by mass, N-phenylglycine (hydrogenating compound, manufactured by Genuine Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 0.10 parts by mass, benzoimidazole (heterocyclic compound, Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured by): 0.30 parts by mass, Megafuck F551 (initiator, manufactured by DIC): 0.16 parts by mass, mixed solvent of 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate (PGMEA) and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) (manufactured by DIC) PGMEA: MEK = 4: 6): Amount at which the solid content concentration of the photosensitive composition Y-1 becomes 29%.
(感光性組成物Y-2)
・バインダーポリマーA:固形分換算で63.00質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(エチレン性不飽和化合物、新中村化学社製「A-TMM-3LM-N」):37.00質量部
・ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(重合開始剤、IGM Resins B.V.社製「Omnirad 819」):10.00質量部
・ポリエーテル変性シリコーン(界面活性剤(レベリング剤)、東レ・ダウコーニング社製「8032 ADDITIVE」):0.06質量部
・MEK:感光性組成物Y-2の固形分濃度が30%になる量
(Photosensitive composition Y-2)
-Binder polymer A: 63.00 parts by mass in terms of solid content-Pentaerythritol triacrylate (ethylenically unsaturated compound, "A-TMM-3LM-N" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 37.00 parts by mass-bis ( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) Phenylphosphine oxide (polymerization initiator, "Omnirad 819" manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 10.00 parts by mass, polyether-modified silicone (surface active agent (leveling agent)) , Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. "8032 ADDITION"): 0.06 parts by mass · MEK: Amount at which the solid content concentration of the photosensitive composition Y-2 becomes 30%
(感光性組成物Y-3)
・バインダーポリマーB(固形分濃度30.0質量%):53.27質量部
・NKエステルBPE-500(重合性化合物、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、新中村化学工業社製):22.5質量部
・NKエステルBPE-200(重合性化合物、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、新中村化学工業社製):10.0質量部
・NKエステルA-TMPT(重合性化合物、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、新中村化学工業社製):10質量部
・B-CIM(重合開始剤、2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、Hampford社製):3.00質量部
・SB-PI 701(増感剤、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、三洋貿易社製):0.30質量部
・色素N-1(ロイコクリスタルバイオレット、東京化成工業社製、ラジカルにより発色):0.60質量部
・色素N-2(ブリリアントグリーン、東京化成工業社製):0.02質量部
・1-(2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノメチル)-5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールと1-(2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノメチル)-6-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールの混合物((水素供与性化合物、質量比1:1):0.10質量部
・Irganox245(酸化防止剤、エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス-(3-(5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-m-トリル)プロピオネート)、BASF社製):0.20質量部
・N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミンアルミニウム塩(重合禁止剤):0.01質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(三協化学社製):感光性組成物Y-3の固形分濃度が30%になる量
・PGMEA(昭和電工社製):50.00質量部
・メタノール(三菱ガス化学社製):10.00質量部
(Photosensitive composition Y-3)
-Binder polymer B (solid content concentration 30.0% by mass): 53.27 parts by mass-NK ester BPE-500 (polymerizable compound, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane, new Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 22.5 parts by mass, NK ester BPE-200 (polymerizable compound, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 .0 parts by mass · NK ester A-TMPT (polymerizable compound, trimethyl propantriacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass · B-CIM (polymerization initiator, 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4 , 5-Diphenylimidazole dimer, manufactured by Hampford): 3.00 parts by mass · SB-PI 701 (sensitizer, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, manufactured by Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.): 0.30 mass Part ・ Dye N-1 (Leuko Crystal Violet, manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., colored by radical): 0.60 parts by mass ・ Dye N-2 (Brilliant Green, manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.): 0.02 parts by mass ・ 1 -A mixture of (2-di-n-butylaminomethyl) -5-carboxybenzotriazole and 1- (2-di-n-butylaminomethyl) -6-carboxybenzotriazole ((hydrogen donating compound, mass ratio 1) 1): 0.10 part by mass Irganox245 (antioxidant, ethylene bis (oxyethylene) bis- (3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate), manufactured by BASF): 0.20 parts by mass ・ N-nitrosophenyl hydroxylamine aluminum salt (polymerization prohibiting agent): 0.01 parts by mass ・ Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.): The solid content concentration of the photosensitive composition Y-3 becomes 30%.・ PGMEA (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.): 50.00 parts by mass ・ Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 10.00 parts by mass
(感光性組成物Y-4)
・バインダーポリマーC:52.67質量部(固形分量)
・A-NOD-N(1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):2.73質量部
・A-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):17.90質量部
・アロニックス TO-2349(カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、東亞合成(株)製):2.98質量部
・DPHA:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(東新油脂(株)製):7.99質量部
・ 1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(D-1、Irgacure OXE-02、BASF社製):0.36部
・ 2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(D-2、Irgacure 907、BASF社製):0.73部
・デュラネートWT32-B75P(E-3、ブロックイソシアネート化合物、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製):12.50質量部
・イソニコチンアミド:0.52質量部
・ベンゾイミダゾール:0.13質量部
・N-フェニルグリシン(純正化学(株)製):0.10質量部
・スチレン/無水マレイン酸=4:1(モル比)の共重合体(酸無水物価1.94mmol/g、重量平均分子量10,500)(SMA EF-40、Cray Valley社製):1.20質量部
・BYK-330(BYK社製):0.10質量部
・PGMEA:70質量部
・MEK:30質量部
(Photosensitive composition Y-4)
Binder polymer C: 52.67 parts by mass (solid content)
-A-NOD-N (1,9-nonandiol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.73 parts by mass-A-DCP (tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ): 17.90 parts by mass, Aronix TO-2349 (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 2.98 parts by mass, DPHA: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) Toshin Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.): 7.9 parts by mass 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) ( D-1, Irgure OXE-02, manufactured by BASF): 0.36 part · 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one (D-2, Irgure 907, BASF) ): 0.73 parts ・ Duranate WT32-B75P (E-3, blocked isocyanate compound, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 12.50 parts by mass ・ Isonicotin amide: 0.52 parts by mass ・ Benzoimidazole: 0 .13 parts by mass, N-phenylglycine (manufactured by Genuine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.10 parts by mass, styrene / maleic anhydride = 4: 1 (molar ratio) copolymer (acid anhydride price 1.94 mmol / g) , Weight average molecular weight 10,500) (SMA EF-40, manufactured by Cray Valley): 1.20 parts by mass, BYK-330 (manufactured by BYK): 0.10 parts by mass, PGMEA: 70 parts by mass, MEK: 30 Mass part
(感光性組成物Y-5)
・バインダーポリマーC:40質量部(固形分量)
・ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸=80/20(質量比)の共重合体(重量平均分子量30000):12.67質量部(固形分量)
・A-NOD-N(1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):2.73質量部
・KAYARAD R-604(日本化薬製):10質量部
・A-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):7.90質量部
・A-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):2.98質量部
・DPHA:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(東新油脂(株)製):8質量部
・(1-(ビフェニル-4-イル)-2-メチル-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名:APi-307、Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.社製):2.1質量部
・ナフタレンチオール:0.10質量部
・BYK-330(BYK社製):0.10質量部
・PGMEA:50質量部
・MEK:30質量部
(Photosensitive composition Y-5)
-Binder polymer C: 40 parts by mass (solid content)
Copolymer of benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid = 80/20 (mass ratio) (weight average molecular weight 30,000): 12.67 parts by mass (solid content)
-A-NOD-N (1,9-nonandiol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.73 parts by mass-KAYARAD R-604 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku): 10 parts by mass-A-DCP (Tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 7.90 parts by mass ・ A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.98 parts by mass ・DPHA: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Toshin Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.): 8 parts by mass (1- (biphenyl-4-yl) -2-methyl-2-morpholinopropane-1-one (trade name: APi) -307, Shenzen UV-ChemTech Ltd.): 2.1 parts by mass, naphthalenethiol: 0.10 parts by mass, BYK-330 (byK): 0.10 parts by mass, PGMEA: 50 parts by mass, MEK : 30 parts by mass
(感光性組成物A~C)
 下記表1に示す感光性組成物A~Cを調製した。表1中、各成分の数値は各成分の含有量(質量部)を表し、バインダーポリマーの量は、バインダーポリマー溶液(固形分濃度36.3質量%)の量を意味する。
 なお、感光性組成物Bに含まれる1-フェニル-3-(4-メトキシスチリル)-5-(4-メトキシフェニル)ピラゾリンは、下記のスキームに従って方法で合成した。
(Photosensitive compositions A to C)
The photosensitive compositions A to C shown in Table 1 below were prepared. In Table 1, the numerical value of each component represents the content (parts by mass) of each component, and the amount of the binder polymer means the amount of the binder polymer solution (solid content concentration 36.3% by mass).
The 1-phenyl-3- (4-methoxystyryl) -5- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazoline contained in the photosensitive composition B was synthesized by a method according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 アニスアルデヒド(20.4g)、アセトン(4.4g)、水酸化ナトリウム(15.0g)、及び蒸留水(120mL)をエタノール(150mL)に溶解させ、室温にて3時間攪拌した。得られた溶液をろ過し、蒸留水(500mL)でかけ洗いした後、ろ過物を室温で送風乾燥することで淡黄色個体(18.7g)を得た。
 得られた淡黄色個体(9.0g)及びフェニルヒドラジン(3.3g)を酢酸(100mL)に溶解させ、室温で3時間攪拌した後、氷冷した。得られた溶液をろ過し、酢酸(200mL)、蒸留水(200mL)、及びメタノール(200mL)の順でかけ洗いをした後、ろ過物を室温で送風乾燥することで淡黄色個体として1-フェニル-3-(4-メトキシスチリル)-5-(4-メトキシフェニル)ピラゾリン4.7g(収率40%)を得た。
Anisaldehyde (20.4 g), acetone (4.4 g), sodium hydroxide (15.0 g), and distilled water (120 mL) were dissolved in ethanol (150 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The obtained solution was filtered, washed with distilled water (500 mL), and then blown to dry at room temperature to obtain a pale yellow solid (18.7 g).
The obtained pale yellow solid (9.0 g) and phenylhydrazine (3.3 g) were dissolved in acetic acid (100 mL), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then ice-cooled. The obtained solution is filtered, washed with acetic acid (200 mL), distilled water (200 mL), and methanol (200 mL) in this order, and then the filtrate is blown and dried at room temperature to form 1-phenyl-as a pale yellow solid. 4.7 g (40% yield) of 3- (4-methoxystyryl) -5- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazoline was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
〔実施例1~14、16~28、30及び比較例1~5〕
 上記で得られた仮支持体Z-1の上に、スリット状ノズルを用いて、感光性組成物Y-1を、乾燥後の厚みが8.8μmになるように調整して塗布し、100℃で2分間乾燥させた後、更に120℃で1分間乾燥させた。
 その後、感光性組成物層の上に、保護フィルムとして厚み16μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(16KS40、東レ社製)を圧着して、実施例1の転写フィルムを得た。
 表2~3に従って各成分、及び各層の厚みを変更した以外は、実施例1と同様の手順で実施例2~14、16~28、30及び比較例1~5の転写フィルムを得た。
[Examples 1 to 14, 16 to 28, 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5]
Using a slit-shaped nozzle, the photosensitive composition Y-1 was adjusted and applied onto the temporary support Z-1 obtained above so that the thickness after drying was 8.8 μm, and the mixture was applied to 100. After drying at ° C. for 2 minutes, it was further dried at 120 ° C. for 1 minute.
Then, a polyethylene terephthalate film (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) having a thickness of 16 μm was pressure-bonded onto the photosensitive composition layer as a protective film to obtain a transfer film of Example 1.
Transfer films of Examples 2 to 14, 16 to 28, 30 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were obtained in the same procedure as in Example 1 except that the thickness of each component and each layer was changed according to Tables 2 to 3.
〔実施例15〕
 上記で得られた実施例1の転写フィルムに、更に感光性組成物層の上に、下記の屈折率調整層形成用組成物X-1を、乾燥後の厚みが73nmになるように調整して塗布し、80℃で1分間乾燥させた。その後、更に110℃で1分間乾燥させて、感光性組成物層上に直接配置された屈折率調整層を形成し、実施例15の転写フィルムを得た。
[Example 15]
On the transfer film of Example 1 obtained above, and further on the photosensitive composition layer, the following composition X-1 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer is adjusted so that the thickness after drying is 73 nm. And dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 minute to form a refractive index adjusting layer directly arranged on the photosensitive composition layer, and a transfer film of Example 15 was obtained.
〔実施例29〕
 上記で得られた実施例28の転写フィルムに、更に感光性組成物層の上に、下記の屈折率調整層形成用組成物X-1を、乾燥後の厚みが73nmになるように調整して塗布し、80℃で1分間乾燥させた。その後、更に110℃で1分間乾燥させて、感光性組成物層上に直接配置された屈折率調整層を形成し、実施例29の転写フィルムを得た。
[Example 29]
On the transfer film of Example 28 obtained above, and further on the photosensitive composition layer, the following composition X-1 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer is adjusted so that the thickness after drying is 73 nm. And dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 minute to form a refractive index adjusting layer directly arranged on the photosensitive composition layer, and the transfer film of Example 29 was obtained.
(屈折率調整層形成用組成物)
 屈折率調整層形成用組成物は、下記の各成分を用いて調整した。
 なお、屈折率調整層形成用組成物は、酸基を有する樹脂と、アンモニア水溶液とを用いて調製しており、酸基を有する樹脂はアンモニア水溶液で中和され、酸基を有する樹脂のアンモニウム塩を含む水系樹脂組成物である。
(Composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer)
The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer was adjusted using each of the following components.
The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is prepared by using a resin having an acid group and an aqueous ammonia solution. The resin having an acid group is neutralized with the aqueous ammonia solution, and the ammonium resin having an acid group is used. It is an aqueous resin composition containing a salt.
・金属酸化物粒子(ZrO粒子、ナノユースOZ-S30M、固形分濃度30.5質量%、メタノール69.5質量%、屈折率2.2、平均粒径約12nm、日産化学工業社製):固形分換算で80.00質量部
・酸基を有するバインダーポリマー(アクリル樹脂、ZB-015M、富士フイルムファインケミカル社製、メタクリル酸/メタクリル酸アリルの共重合樹脂(組成比(モル比)=20/80)、重量平均分子量2.5万、固形分濃度5.00%、アンモニア水溶液):固形分換算で14.78質量部
・酸基を有するバインダーポリマー(アクリル樹脂、ARUFON UC3920、東亞合成社製):0.53質量部
・エチレン性不飽和化合物(カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、アロニックス TO-2349、東亞合成社製):2.00質量部
・界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、メガファックF-444、DIC社製):0.68質量部
・BT-LX(城北化学工業社製):2.00質量部
・メタノールと蒸留水と混合溶剤(メタノール:蒸留水=7:3(質量比)):屈折率調整層形成用組成物の固形分濃度が1.66質量%になる量
-Metal oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles, Nanouse OZ-S30M, solid content concentration 30.5% by mass, methanol 69.5% by mass, refractive index 2.2, average particle size of about 12 nm, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): Binder polymer having 80.00 parts by mass and acid group in terms of solid content (acrylic resin, ZB-015M, manufactured by Fujifilm Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate copolymer resin (composition ratio (molar ratio) = 20 / 80), weight average molecular weight 25,000, solid content concentration 5.00%, aqueous ammonia): Binder polymer having 14.78 parts by mass and acid group in terms of solid content (acrylic resin, ARUFON UC3920, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) ): 0.53 parts by mass, ethylenically unsaturated compound (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, Aronix TO-2349, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 2.00 parts by mass, surfactant (fluorine-based) Surface active agent, Megafuck F-444, manufactured by DIC): 0.68 parts by mass ・ BT-LX (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.00 parts by mass ・ Methanol, distilled water and mixed solvent (methanol: distilled water) = 7: 3 (mass ratio)): Amount at which the solid content concentration of the composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer becomes 1.66% by mass.
〔評価〕
<パターニング性>
 厚み100μmのシクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)フィルム上に、スパッタ法にて厚み200nmでの銅層を形成することで、銅層付きCOPフィルム基板を4枚作製した。上記で得た銅層付きCOPフィルム基板に、圧着ロールの温度:100℃、線圧:0.6MPa、及び線速度:4.0m/分のラミネート条件で、各転写フィルムをラミネートした後、3時間静置した。
 その後、仮支持体を剥離せずに、線幅が100μmであるラインアンドスペースパターンを形成するためのマスク(Duty比=1:1)を介して転写フィルムの感光性組成物層を露光した。露光の光源として超高圧水銀灯を用いた。露光量は、現像によって形成される樹脂パターンの線幅が100μmになる範囲で調節した。
 露光後の感光性組成物層の表面から仮支持体を剥離し、感光性組成物層を現像した。具体的には、33℃の1.0質量%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用いて、シャワー現像を45秒間行い、樹脂パターンを有する積層体を得た。
 得られた樹脂パターンの任意箇所20点の線幅を測定した。測定した20点の線幅値について、標準偏差σ、及び、平均値αを算出した。更に、下記式で分散βを算出して、以下の評価基準に従って、パターニング性を評価した。なお、以下の評価基準において、Aがパターニング性が最も良く、Eが最も悪い。A、B及びCのいずれかであることが好ましく、A又はBであることがより好ましく、Aであることが更に好ましい。
  分散β(%)=100×(標準偏差σ/平均値α)
(評価基準)
 A:分散βが、3%未満
 B:分散βが、3%以上5%未満
 C:分散βが、5%以上8%未満
 D:分散βが、8%以上10%未満
 E:分散βが、10%以上
〔evaluation〕
<Patterning property>
Four COP film substrates with a copper layer were produced by forming a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm on a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film having a thickness of 100 μm by a sputtering method. After laminating each transfer film on the COP film substrate with a copper layer obtained above under the laminating conditions of the pressure-bonding roll temperature: 100 ° C., linear pressure: 0.6 MPa, and linear velocity: 4.0 m / min, 3 I left it for a while.
Then, the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film was exposed through a mask (Duty ratio = 1: 1) for forming a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 100 μm without peeling off the temporary support. An ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used as the light source for the exposure. The exposure amount was adjusted within a range in which the line width of the resin pattern formed by development was 100 μm.
The temporary support was peeled off from the surface of the photosensitive composition layer after exposure, and the photosensitive composition layer was developed. Specifically, shower development was carried out for 45 seconds using a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 33 ° C. to obtain a laminate having a resin pattern.
The line widths of 20 points at arbitrary points of the obtained resin pattern were measured. The standard deviation σ and the mean value α were calculated for the measured line width values at 20 points. Further, the dispersion β was calculated by the following formula, and the patterning property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A has the best patterning property and E has the worst patterning property. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
Variance β (%) = 100 × (standard deviation σ / mean value α)
(Evaluation criteria)
A: Dispersion β is less than 3% B: Dispersion β is 3% or more and less than 5% C: Dispersion β is 5% or more and less than 8% D: Dispersion β is 8% or more and less than 10% E: Dispersion β is 10% or more
<剥離性>
(感光性組成物層と仮支持体との間の剥離性)
 上記で得られた各転写フィルムを、保護フィルムを剥離した後に、感光性組成物層を銅板にラミネートした。ラミネートの条件は、ラミロール温度100℃、線圧3N/cm、及び搬送速度4m/分とした。その後、仮支持体を垂直上方に0.01m/分の速さで剥離した後、銅板に残存した感光性組成物層を目視で確認し、以下の評価基準に従って、評価した。なお、下記の評価基準において、Aが剥離性が最も良く、Eが最も悪い。A、B及びCのいずれかであることが好ましく、A又はBであることがより好ましく、Aであることが更に好ましい。
  感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積(%)=100×(剥離後の銅板上に残存した感光性組成物層の面積/剥離前の銅板上の感光性組成物層の面積)
(評価基準)
 A:感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積が、100%
 B:感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積が、99%以上100%未満
 C:感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積が、95%以上99%未満
 D:感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積が、90%以上95%未満
 E:感光性組成物層の銅板上の残存面積が、90%未満
<Removability>
(Removability between the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support)
After peeling off the protective film from each of the transfer films obtained above, the photosensitive composition layer was laminated on the copper plate. The laminating conditions were a lamirol temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 3 N / cm, and a transport speed of 4 m / min. Then, after the temporary support was peeled vertically upward at a speed of 0.01 m / min, the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the copper plate was visually confirmed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A has the best peelability and E has the worst. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
Remaining area (%) on the copper plate of the photosensitive composition layer = 100 × (Area of the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the copper plate after peeling / Area of the photosensitive composition layer on the copper plate before peeling)
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the copper plate is 100%.
B: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the copper plate is 99% or more and less than 100% C: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the copper plate is 95% or more and less than 99% D: Of the photosensitive composition layer Residual area on copper plate is 90% or more and less than 95% E: Remaining area on copper plate of photosensitive composition layer is less than 90%
(感光性組成物層と保護フィルムとの間の剥離性)
 保護フィルムを垂直上方に0.01m/分の速さで剥離した後、仮支持体に残存した感光性組成物層を目視で確認し、以下の評価基準に従って、評価した。なお、下記の評価基準において、Aが剥離性が最も良く、Eが最も悪い。A、B及びCのいずれかであることが好ましく、A又はBであることがより好ましく、Aであることが更に好ましい。
  感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積(%)=100×(剥離後の仮支持体上に残存した感光性組成物層の面積/剥離前の仮支持体上の感光性組成物層の面積)
(評価基準)
 A:感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積が、100%
 B:感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積が、99%以上100%未満
 C:感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積が、95%以上99%未満
 D:感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積が、90%以上95%未満
 E:感光性組成物層の仮支持体上の残存面積が、90%未満
(Removability between the photosensitive composition layer and the protective film)
After the protective film was peeled vertically upward at a speed of 0.01 m / min, the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the temporary support was visually confirmed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A has the best peelability and E has the worst. It is preferably any of A, B and C, more preferably A or B, and even more preferably A.
Remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support (%) = 100 × (Area of the photosensitive composition layer remaining on the temporary support after peeling / Photosensitive composition on the temporary support before peeling) Layer area)
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 100%.
B: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 99% or more and less than 100% C: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is 95% or more and less than 99% D: Photosensitive The remaining area of the composition layer on the temporary support is 90% or more and less than 95%. E: The remaining area of the photosensitive composition layer on the temporary support is less than 90%.
<クルトシスRkuの評価>
 Zygo社製 New View 6000を用い、ISO 4287:1997準拠した方法で、仮支持体の第1層の感光性組成物層と接する面のクルトシスRkuを評価した。
<Evaluation of Kurtosis Rku>
Using New View 6000 manufactured by Zygo, the Kurtosis Rku of the surface in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the first layer of the temporary support was evaluated by a method according to ISO 4287: 1997.
 表中、各記載は以下を示す。
 「感光性組成物層/仮支持体」の欄は、感光性組成物層と仮支持体との間の剥離性を示す。
 「感光性組成物層/保護フィルム」の欄は、感光性組成物層と保護フィルムとの間の剥離性を示す。
In the table, each description shows the following.
The column "Photosensitive composition layer / temporary support" indicates the peelability between the photosensitive composition layer and the temporary support.
The column "Photosensitive composition layer / protective film" indicates the peelability between the photosensitive composition layer and the protective film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 表の結果より、本発明の転写フィルムを用いた場合、所望の効果が得られることが確認された。
 実施例1及び8~10と、実施例7及び11との比較から、第1有機粒子の平均粒子径が350~800nmである場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
 また、同様の比較から、第1層の表面のクルトシスRkuが、2.5~10である場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
 実施例1等と、実施例12及び13との比較から、第1無機粒子の平均粒子径及び第2無機粒子の平均粒子径が10~50nmである場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
 実施例1等と、実施例14及び21との比較から、第1無機粒子及び第2無機粒子が酸化アルミニウムを含む場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
 実施例1等と、実施例21との比較から、第1層及び第2層に含まれる成分、並びに、第1層及び第2層の厚みが同一である場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
 実施例1等と、実施例7、11~14及び21との比較から、第1層の表面のクルトシスRkuが3.0~5.0であり、第1無機粒子及び第2無機粒子が酸化アルミニウムを含む場合、本発明の効果がより優れることが確認された。
From the results in the table, it was confirmed that the desired effect can be obtained when the transfer film of the present invention is used.
From the comparison between Examples 1 and 8 to 10 and Examples 7 and 11, it was confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent when the average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
Further, from the same comparison, it was confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent when the Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 2.5 to 10.
From the comparison between Examples 1 and the like and Examples 12 and 13, when the average particle size of the first inorganic particles and the average particle size of the second inorganic particles are 10 to 50 nm, the effect of the present invention is more excellent. confirmed.
From the comparison between Examples 1 and the like and Examples 14 and 21, it was confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent when the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide.
From the comparison between Example 1 and the like and Example 21, the effect of the present invention is more excellent when the components contained in the first layer and the second layer and the thickness of the first layer and the second layer are the same. It was confirmed that.
From the comparison between Examples 1 and the like and Examples 7, 11 to 14 and 21, the Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 3.0 to 5.0, and the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles are oxidized. It was confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent when aluminum is contained.
1、11  仮支持体
2、12  組成物層
3、17  感光性組成物層
5  屈折率調整層
7、19  保護フィルム
10、20  転写フィルム
13  熱可塑性樹脂層
15  中間層
1, 11 Temporary support 2, 12 Composition layer 3, 17 Photosensitive composition layer 5 Refractive index adjustment layer 7, 19 Protective film 10, 20 Transfer film 13 Thermoplastic resin layer 15 Intermediate layer

Claims (16)

  1.  仮支持体と、前記仮支持体上に配置された感光性組成物層と、保護フィルムとをこの順で有する転写フィルムであって、
     前記仮支持体が、仮支持体本体と、前記仮支持体本体の一方の表面上に配置された第1層と、前記仮支持体本体の他方の表面上に配置された第2層とを有し、
     前記第1層及び前記第2層のうち、前記第1層が前記感光性組成物層側に配置され、
     前記第1層が、平均粒子径100~1000nmの第1有機粒子と、平均粒子径70nm以下の第1無機粒子とを含み、前記第1層の前記感光性組成物層と接する面のクルトシスRkuが、2.0~100であり、
     前記第2層が、平均粒子径70nm以下の第2無機粒子を含むか、又は、無機粒子を含まない、転写フィルム。
    A transfer film having a temporary support, a photosensitive composition layer arranged on the temporary support, and a protective film in this order.
    The temporary support has a temporary support body, a first layer arranged on one surface of the temporary support body, and a second layer arranged on the other surface of the temporary support body. Have and
    Of the first layer and the second layer, the first layer is arranged on the photosensitive composition layer side.
    The first layer contains first organic particles having an average particle diameter of 100 to 1000 nm and first inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less, and the surface of the first layer in contact with the photosensitive composition layer is Kurtosis Rku. Is 2.0 to 100,
    A transfer film in which the second layer contains or does not contain second inorganic particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or less.
  2.  前記第1有機粒子が、ポリスチレン樹脂粒子を含む、請求項1に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to claim 1, wherein the first organic particles include polystyrene resin particles.
  3.  前記第1有機粒子の平均粒子径が、350~800nmである、請求項1又は2に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
  4.  前記第1無機粒子及び前記第2無機粒子の少なくとも一方が、ケイ素原子及びアルミニウム原子からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein at least one of the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contains at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon atoms and aluminum atoms.
  5.  前記第1無機粒子及び前記第2無機粒子の少なくとも一方が、酸化アルミニウムを含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least one of the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contains aluminum oxide.
  6.  前記第1無機粒子の平均粒子径及び前記第2無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the average particle size of the first inorganic particles and the average particle size of the second inorganic particles are 10 to 50 nm.
  7.  前記仮支持体本体の厚みが、6.0~30.0μmであり、
     前記第1層及び前記第2層の厚みが、0.8~3.0μmである、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。
    The thickness of the temporary support body is 6.0 to 30.0 μm.
    The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the thickness of the first layer and the second layer is 0.8 to 3.0 μm.
  8.  前記第1有機粒子の平均粒子径が、350~800nmであり、
     前記第1無機粒子が、酸化アルミニウムを含み、
     前記第1無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。
    The average particle size of the first organic particles is 350 to 800 nm.
    The first inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide, and the first inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide.
    The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the average particle size of the first inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
  9.  前記第2層が、平均粒子径350~800nmの第2有機粒子を含み、
     前記第2無機粒子が、酸化アルミニウムを含み、
     前記第2無機粒子の平均粒子径が、10~50nmである、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。
    The second layer contains second organic particles having an average particle diameter of 350 to 800 nm.
    The second inorganic particle contains aluminum oxide and contains
    The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the average particle size of the second inorganic particles is 10 to 50 nm.
  10.  前記第1層の表面の前記クルトシスRkuが、2.5~10である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 2.5 to 10.
  11.  前記第1層の表面の前記クルトシスRkuが、3.0~5.0であり、
     前記第1無機粒子及び前記第2無機粒子が酸化アルミニウムを含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。
    The Kurtosis Rku on the surface of the first layer is 3.0 to 5.0.
    The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first inorganic particles and the second inorganic particles contain aluminum oxide.
  12.  前記感光性組成物層が、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the photosensitive composition layer contains a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  13.  前記感光性組成物層と前記保護フィルムとの間に、屈折率調整層を更に有する、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 12, further comprising a refractive index adjusting layer between the photosensitive composition layer and the protective film.
  14.  前記感光性組成物層が、タッチパネル用電極保護膜形成に用いられる、請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルム。 The transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the photosensitive composition layer is used for forming an electrode protective film for a touch panel.
  15.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、前記仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせ、前記導電層、前記感光性組成物層、及び、前記仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
     前記感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、を有し、
     更に、前記貼合工程と前記露光工程との間、又は、前記露光工程と前記現像工程との間に、前記感光性組成物層付き基板から前記仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、積層体の製造方法。
    The protective film is peeled off from the transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 14, and the surface opposite to the temporary support is attached to a substrate having a conductive layer, and the conductive layer and the photosensitive layer are photosensitive. A bonding step of obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a sex composition layer and the temporary support in this order, and
    The exposure step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer and
    It comprises a developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern.
    Further, it has a peeling step of peeling the temporary support from the substrate with the photosensitive composition layer between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the developing step. , A method for manufacturing a laminate.
  16.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の転写フィルムから保護フィルムを剥離して、前記仮支持体とは反対側の表面を、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせ、前記導電層、前記感光性組成物層、及び、前記仮支持体をこの順に有する感光性組成物層付き基板を得る貼合工程と、
     前記感光性組成物層をパターン露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記感光性組成物層を現像して、パターンを形成する現像工程と、
     前記パターンが配置されていない領域における前記導電層をエッチング処理するエッチング工程と、
     更に、前記貼合工程と前記露光工程との間、又は、前記露光工程と前記現像工程との間に、前記感光性組成物層付き基板から前記仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程と、を有する、回路配線の製造方法。
    The protective film is peeled off from the transfer film according to any one of claims 1 to 14, and the surface opposite to the temporary support is attached to a substrate having a conductive layer, and the conductive layer and the photosensitive layer are photosensitive. A bonding step of obtaining a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a sex composition layer and the temporary support in this order, and
    The exposure step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer and
    A developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a pattern,
    An etching step of etching the conductive layer in a region where the pattern is not arranged, and an etching step of etching the conductive layer.
    Further, it has a peeling step of peeling the temporary support from the substrate with the photosensitive composition layer between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the developing step. , Manufacturing method of circuit wiring.
PCT/JP2021/033130 2020-09-28 2021-09-09 Transfer film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing circuit wiring line WO2022065049A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180063024.XA CN116157264A (en) 2020-09-28 2021-09-09 Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
JP2022551863A JP7416969B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2021-09-09 Transfer film, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-162005 2020-09-28
JP2020162005 2020-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022065049A1 true WO2022065049A1 (en) 2022-03-31

Family

ID=80845264

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/033130 WO2022065049A1 (en) 2020-09-28 2021-09-09 Transfer film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing circuit wiring line

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7416969B2 (en)
CN (1) CN116157264A (en)
WO (1) WO2022065049A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009046527A (en) * 2007-08-14 2009-03-05 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Transferring carrier film for photocatalytic layer
JP2009092818A (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-30 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive transfer material, color filter and method for producing the same
WO2012081680A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 日立化成工業株式会社 Photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing printed circuit board
WO2018061506A1 (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Touch panel manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017013387A (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-19 三菱樹脂株式会社 Release film for substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
CN111417900A (en) 2018-01-24 2020-07-14 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing same, method for producing resin pattern, and method for producing circuit wiring
JP7463905B2 (en) 2019-09-27 2024-04-09 東レ株式会社 Biaxially oriented polyester film for dry film resist
KR20220155987A (en) 2020-03-26 2022-11-24 도요보 가부시키가이샤 Laminate for thin film layer transfer
JP2022052031A (en) 2020-09-23 2022-04-04 東レ株式会社 Biaxially oriented polyester film

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009046527A (en) * 2007-08-14 2009-03-05 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Transferring carrier film for photocatalytic layer
JP2009092818A (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-30 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive transfer material, color filter and method for producing the same
WO2012081680A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 日立化成工業株式会社 Photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing printed circuit board
WO2018061506A1 (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Touch panel manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7416969B2 (en) 2024-01-17
CN116157264A (en) 2023-05-23
JPWO2022065049A1 (en) 2022-03-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
WO2023127889A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate manufacturing method, laminate, and micro-led display element
WO2022054599A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022092160A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring substrate, and transfer film
WO2022045203A1 (en) Transfer film, manufacturing method for laminate, and manufacturing method for circuit wiring
WO2022065049A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing circuit wiring line
JP7213981B2 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing touch panel
WO2021125079A1 (en) Transfer film and method for producing multilayer body
WO2021241636A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing layered body
WO2022044879A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate manufacturing method, and circuit wiring manufacturing method
WO2022131324A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022075090A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022045256A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing conductive pattern, and touch sensor
WO2022045255A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material and method for manufacturing resin pattern
WO2022196537A1 (en) Laminate and method for manufacturing same
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film
WO2022138630A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2021246251A1 (en) Transfer film and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2021187279A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
WO2022209307A1 (en) Multilayer body and method for producing multilayer body
WO2021161965A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive-film manufacturing method
WO2021125168A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing same, method for producing metal conductive material with pattern, film, touch panel, deterioration suppressing method, and multilayer body
WO2021117668A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, laminate, and touch sensor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21872180

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022551863

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21872180

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1